License: arXiv.org perpetual non-exclusive license
arXiv:2606.27072v1 [hep-lat] 25 Jun 2026

Performance of Low Mode Averaging on Twisted-Mass Fermion Ensembles at the physical pion mass point

C. Alexandrou  Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center, The Cyprus Institute, 20 Kavafi Str., Nicosia 2121, Cyprus Department of Physics, University of Cyprus, P.O. Box 20537, 1678 Nicosia, Cyprus    S. Bacchio  Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center, The Cyprus Institute, 20 Kavafi Str., Nicosia 2121, Cyprus    A. Evangelista  Department of Physics, University of Cyprus, P.O. Box 20537, 1678 Nicosia, Cyprus    R. Frezzotti     F. Margari  Dipartimento di Fisica & INFN, Università di Roma “Tor Vergata”, Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome, Italy    F. Sanfilippo  INFN, Sezione di Roma Tre, Via della Vasca Navale 84, I-00146 Rome, Italy    C. Schneider Department of Physics, University of Cyprus, P.O. Box 20537, 1678 Nicosia, Cyprus
Abstract

We study the performance of low-mode averaging (LMA) on twisted-mass fermion ensembles at near-physical quark masses, assessing both its theoretical framework and practical cost-effectiveness in modern lattice QCD. In particular, we present a numerical study of light-quark meson and baryon observables. For mesons, we analyse two-point functions, including the vector–vector correlator relevant for the hadronic vacuum polarisation contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment, comparing two implementations of LMA: an exact approach based on explicit low modes and an approximate, high-statistics variant using multigrid techniques. For baryons, we restrict to the exact approach and study both two- and three-point functions, quantifying the resulting noise and cost reductions at large Euclidean times. In addition, we compute the eigenvalue density of the massless Wilson operator and determine the renormalised chiral condensate via the Banks–Casher relation, obtaining Σ𝖱3=269.5(4.5)MeV\sqrt[3]{\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}=269.5(4.5)~\mathrm{MeV} for Nf=2+1+1N_{f}{=}2{+}1{+}1 isospin-symmetric QCD at a scale 2GeV2~\mathrm{GeV} in the MS¯\overline{\mathrm{MS}} scheme, with an uncertainty dominated by the chiral extrapolation. Additionally, from the pion-mass dependence of Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}, we extract the scale-independent low-energy constant h¯1=5.2(1.1)\bar{h}_{1}=5.2(1.1).

I Introduction

As computational techniques, the inclusion of more complex observables and higher precision in lattice QCD continue to advance, reducing statistical uncertainties has become essential for meaningful comparisons with experimental data. Computing correlation functions at large Euclidean time is central to these efforts, both for isolating hadronic ground states, such as in nucleon matrix elements [66, 17, 40, 1, 12, 53, 37, 3, 39, 65, 6], and for applications of spectral reconstruction methods [8, 41, 60, 9, 33], including those used to determine the long-distance hadronic vacuum polarization contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment [25, 38, 23, 20, 16, 64]. In both settings, state-of-the-art simulations at physical quark masses demand reliable control of correlators at source–sink time separations exceeding 2 fm or even 3 fm. The exponential degradation of the signal-to-noise ratio at such Euclidean time separations, in particular for baryon observables, renders the long-distance regime one of the most critical and computationally demanding aspects of modern lattice calculations. A key strategy to address this challenge is low-mode averaging (LMA), which targets the infrared (IR) sector of the Dirac spectrum governing long-distance physics and enhances its precision by explicitly isolating its contribution.

Low-mode averaging has a long history in lattice QCD. Its first applications in the early 2000s [61, 49, 34, 35, 51] identified it as a promising variance-reduction technique, although its impact was then limited by the fact that lattice QCD simulations used relatively small lattice volumes and unphysical quark masses. Subsequently, LMA was combined with the truncated solver method (TSM) [18] to form all-mode averaging (AMA) [22, 63], thanks to their complementarity: LMA improves the IR sector of the Dirac spectrum, while TSM efficiently suppresses fluctuations originating from ultraviolet (UV) modes. Owing to its conceptual simplicity and ease of implementation, TSM without LMA quickly became widely adopted. It is important to note, however, that TSM alone predominantly improves short-distance observables and has little impact at large Euclidean time separations, as its action is largely confined to the UV sector [20].

The landscape shifted markedly with the advent of simulations performed near the physical pion mass, hereafter referred to as the physical point. In this regime, as the light quark mass is reduced, the condition number of the Dirac operator grows rapidly, rendering inversions with standard Krylov solvers prohibitively expensive. This development revived interest in LMA and, more broadly, in deflation techniques [59, 56]. These methods also exploit low-lying eigenmodes to accelerate solver convergence [58]; however, their substantial setup costs—due to the computation of exact eigenvectors, which scales poorly with the volume—limit their applicability. A major turning point was the successful deployment of multigrid solvers for Wilson-type fermions [26, 13, 46, 44], including variants for twisted mass [4, 5], overlap [27], domain-walls [28], and staggered [29] fermions. Multigrid algorithms feature substantially cheaper setup costs and can reduce inversion times by up to two orders of magnitude compared to standard Krylov methods. This breakthrough proved transformative for simulations at physical quark masses [15, 42, 7], effectively displacing exact-deflation solvers and TSM techniques. With Dirac operator inversions no longer the dominant component of the overall computational cost, the benefits of loose stopping criteria within TSM largely vanished. Moreover, TSM does not integrate well with the MG setup, as the solve time depends highly nonlinearly on the target residual.

The successful deployment of multigrid algorithms brings back the focus on LMA and motivates the present work. In the current computational regime, characterised by light quark masses, affordable inversions, and a growing demand for precision at long Euclidean time separations, LMA alone re-emerges as a particularly well-suited noise-reduction technique. By directly targeting the IR modes responsible for long-distance physics, it is especially relevant for modern high-precision lattice QCD calculations. In this work, we consider two alternative realisations of LMA: The first approach is the original formulation based on exact all-to-all treatments obtained by explicitly computing a subset of low-lying eigenvectors of the Dirac operator; this approach allows the IR contribution to correlation functions to be evaluated exactly on each gauge configuration, fully saturating the associated statistical fluctuations. We refer to this method as exact LMA (exLMA). The second approach, explored more recently, employs approximate but high-statistics implementations based on multigrid techniques [47, 52, 45], which we denote as multigrid LMA (mgLMA). The aim of this paper is to present and discuss the optimisation and performance of these low-mode averaging strategies using modern physical-point twisted mass ensembles, drawing on our practical experience.

The remainder of this work is organised as follows. In section II, we introduce the LMA procedure and discuss a key feature, namely, in commonly used correlation-function setups, LMA improves only the IR contribution, leaving the UV sector and mixed IR–UV terms unaffected. This has important implications for both performance and optimisation. In section III, we introduce the twisted-mass operator and its properties, and discuss the expected scaling of LMA-based approaches, identifying the physical volume and the quark mass as the dominant dependences. Combining these observations with a conceptual understanding of LMA, we argue that LMA is effective primarily on observables involving only light-quark propagators. Numerical results follow: In section IV, we present results for exLMA applied to quark-bilinear correlation functions on several physical-point ensembles, in section V, we present the corresponding results obtained with mgLMA, which should become advantageous for large physical volumes, and in section VI, we present results for baryon correlation functions using exLMA, quantifying the improvements achieved in both two- and three-point functions and highlighting the observable-dependent nature of the overall gain. In section VII, we summarise and conclude.

II LMA improvement of IR part in common applications

Let P𝖨𝖱P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} be a projector onto an infrared (IR) subspace of the Dirac operator DD, and define the complementary ultraviolet (UV) projector as P𝖴𝖵𝟙P𝖨𝖱P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\equiv\mathds{1}-P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}. This induces the decomposition of the all-to-all propagator SS as

S𝖨𝖱D1P𝖨𝖱,S𝖴𝖵D1P𝖴𝖵SD1=S𝖨𝖱+S𝖴𝖵.S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\equiv D^{-1}P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,,\qquad S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\equiv D^{-1}P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\qquad{\Longrightarrow}\qquad S\equiv D^{-1}=S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}+S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\,. (1)

The role of P𝖨𝖱P_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} is to enable an exact evaluation of the IR contribution S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}, while the remaining UV component S𝖴𝖵S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}} is estimated stochastically. To this end, we introduce a set of stochastic sources η\eta and define

Hηηηsuch thatHηHη=HηandlimNη1NηηHη=𝟙.H_{\eta}\equiv\eta\eta^{\dagger}\qquad\text{such that}\qquad H_{\eta}H_{\eta}=H_{\eta}\qquad\text{and}\quad\lim_{N_{\eta}\to\infty}\frac{1}{N_{\eta}}\sum_{\eta}H_{\eta}=\mathds{1}\,. (2)

In practical implementations, the resolution of the identity holds within the desired subset of lattice sites and/or spin/colour indices via dilution of the stochastic source.

An approximate all-to-all propagator is then defined as

Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S𝖨𝖱+Sη𝖴𝖵withSη𝖴𝖵S𝖴𝖵Hη and limNη1NηηSη𝖫𝖬𝖠=S,\displaystyle S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}\equiv S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}+S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\qquad\text{with}\qquad S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\equiv S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}H_{\eta}\mbox{\quad and\quad}\lim_{N_{\eta}\to\infty}\frac{1}{N_{\eta}}\sum_{\eta}S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}=S, (3)

which corresponds to the standard exact low-mode averaging (exLMA) construction [49]. In this approach, the IR contribution is known exactly all-to-all, whereas the UV part is entirely determined by the stochastic estimator, to be compared with the standard stochastic approach, where the full propagator is computed stochastically on the same set of sources

SηSHη=Sη𝖨𝖱+Sη𝖴𝖵 with Sη𝖨𝖱S𝖨𝖱Hη.S_{\eta}\equiv SH_{\eta}=S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}+S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\mbox{\quad with\quad}S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\equiv S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}H_{\eta}\,. (4)

Using the definitions above, an alternative but numerically identical approach to compute the LMA propagator can be defined as

Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠=Sη+(S𝖨𝖱Sη𝖨𝖱).S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}=S_{\eta}+(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}-S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}})\,. (5)

Both here and in eq. 3, S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} is computed exactly; however, in eq. 3 the stochastic source is first projected onto the UV subspace and then propagated, whereas in eq. 5 the full stochastic propagator is computed and the stochastic IR contribution is subsequently subtracted.

The procedural distinction between these approaches becomes more pronounced at the level of correlation functions. Consider a generic correlation function CC, obtained by contracting and reducing several propagators. We define five realisations of CC using the propagators introduced above:

Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t)

The reference correlation function obtained by contracting standard stochastic propagators SηS_{\eta}.

Cη𝖨𝖱(t)C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t) and Cη𝖴𝖵(t)C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}(t)

The same correlation function, whereas the stochastic propagators are restricted to their IR or UV parts, Sη𝖨𝖱S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} or Sη𝖴𝖵S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}, with contractions performed identically to Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t).

C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t)

A conceptually and computationally distinct quantity. Here, the exact IR propagator S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} is employed to construct the full all-to-all correlation function, eliminating stochastic noise and any restriction to a lattice subset, such that the variance is solely due to gauge fluctuations.

Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}(t)

The correlation function constructed from Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} as defined in eq. 3. Upon contraction, it generates 2n2^{n} terms, where nn is the number of quark propagators involved in the contraction, two of which correspond to the decomposition of Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} into two pieces, S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and Sη𝖴𝖵S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}. Therefore, among the resulting terms in the correlator, only two correspond to the purely IR and purely UV contributions, C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t) and Cη𝖴𝖵(t)C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}(t), defined above; the remaining 2n22^{n}{-}2 terms mix IR and UV components and need to be computed individually.

A central statement of this work is that, although Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}(t) contains several mixed IR–UV contributions in which exact and stochastic components appear simultaneously, in commonly used computational setups LMA improves only the purely IR contribution C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t). All remaining terms continue to be limited by stochastic sources, even when the IR contribution is treated exactly in every term in which it appears. Specifically, we show that the following equality holds.

Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)=Cη(t)Cη𝖨𝖱(t)+C𝖨𝖱(t)in commonly used computational setups.C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)=C_{\eta}(t)-C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t)+C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t)\quad\text{in commonly used computational setups.} (6)

The proof is presented in appendix A. For disconnected loops, the relation in eq. 6 follows directly from eq. 5, and we will demonstrate it explicitly for spin-diluted quark-bilinear (meson) two-point functions and point-source baryon two- and three-point functions. In these cases, the specific properties of the stochastic sources employed are used to establish the relation exactly. The equality in eq. 6 is highly non-trivial, and we discuss its practical implications in what follows.

II.1 Discussion on eq. 6

A direct contraction of propagators built from Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} as in eq. 3 produces purely IR and purely UV contributions, along with several mixed IR–UV terms. In practice, this typically requires dedicated contraction kernels and considerable implementation effort. By contrast, the right-hand side (r.h.s) of eq. 6 allows for a much simpler procedure: compute the full stochastic correlator, subtract its stochastic IR component, and replace it with an improved—ideally exact—estimate. Moreover, even in lattice setups where the two sides of eq. 6 are not identical, the construction in the r.h.s. still provides a valid and more efficient realisation of LMA, with double counting of the IR contribution properly removed.

We note that both approaches, left- and right-hand sides of eq. 6, have been employed in the literature. In fact, the formulation based on the full Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} dates back to the original LMA works [49], while the second strategy was introduced in the context of combining LMA with AMA [22], as it naturally enables independent improvement of the IR contribution via LMA and the UV contribution via TSM. To our knowledge, however, it has not been emphasized that, in certain commonly used computational setups, the two procedures are in fact exactly equivalent111Actually, in parts of the literature, the full correlation function Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} is sometimes regarded as superior because the mixed terms are assumed to yield additional improvement since their IR part is computed exactly. This may indeed happen in setups where eq. 6 does not hold, e.g. as discussed in Ref. [51] for baryons computed with stochastic sources. For the cases considered here, however, we demonstrate that the two constructions are identical.. Recognising this equivalence or, more generally, adopting the second strategy in place of the first, has several important consequences:

Noise reduction

When eq. 6 holds, it makes explicit that LMA improves only the purely IR contribution C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t). All UV contributions, as well as any IR–UV mixing, are governed by stochastic noise. This observation is crucial for identifying the class of observables, Euclidean-time regions, and quark-mass regimes in which LMA can deliver significant variance reduction and meaningful performance gains. In particular, noise reduction is expected only where C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t) dominates the correlator. In general, this is not straightforward to identify, as the extent of this region depends sensitively on the number of deflated modes, as we will demonstrate with our numerical results.

Reduced contraction costs

Evaluating the r.h.s. of eq. 6 is considerably easier and more efficient than computing Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}_{\eta} through explicitly expanding it in terms of the IR and UV contractions. The correlators CηC_{\eta} and Cη𝖨𝖱C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} are expressed in terms of ordinary stochastic contractions differing only in the contracted propagator, while C𝖨𝖱C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} is the only genuinely new object. Effectively, the 2n2^{n} IR-UV contraction terms—with nn being the number of propagators involved in the contraction—are replaced by only three, since all interference contributions are avoided.

Post-production LMA

If the stochastic sources η\eta are reproducible—i.e., the same exact stochastic source can be generated in independent runs by e.g. storing the point-source coordinates or the random seeds—then stochastic correlators can be improved a posteriori. Suppose CηC_{\eta} has already been computed using the full stochastic propagator, and one subsequently wishes to apply LMA. Then Cη𝖨𝖱C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and C𝖨𝖱C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} can be evaluated independently, without recomputing the full propagator, but using only the exact IR information.

Optimised production

The separation implied by eq. 6 naturally suggests an optimised computational strategy, particularly at physical quark masses. The evaluation of CηC_{\eta} requires Dirac matrix inversions, for which modern multigrid solvers are optimal but exhibit poor strong scaling, and are therefore best run on as few nodes as possible. By contrast, the computation of the IR sector involves a large number of exact eigenvectors; while memory-intensive, it scales efficiently with the number of nodes. The correlators Cη𝖨𝖱C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and C𝖨𝖱C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} can thus be computed in a separate stage on large node counts, decoupled from the full Dirac operator inversions, provided that the stochastic sources η\eta are reproducible. On the other hand, in the direct Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}_{\eta} construction, the UV projection forces inversions and IR modes to be treated simultaneously within a single workflow, often requiring execution on more nodes than optimal due to the increased memory demands.

In conclusion, we advocate implementing LMA as defined by the right-hand side of eq. 6, or better, its generalisation in eq. 79 of the conclusions, and in general ensuring that correlation functions are reproducible so that LMA can be applied a posteriori when needed.

III LMA Dependence on Quark Mass and Physical Volume

Another important aspect of LMA concerns its computational cost and, in particular, its scaling with the quark mass and the physical volume. The scaling of the Dirac spectrum with the volume is well understood: in the IR region, the number of modes scales with the physical volume VV, rather than with the number of lattice points V/a4V/a^{4} [19, 55, 59, 49, 50]. By contrast, the scaling with the quark mass is less well understood and may depend on the discretisation of the Dirac operator used in the analysis. In several works [61, 49, 34, 51], it has been observed that the computational gain from using LMA decreases as the quark mass increases, although this has typically been reported as an empirical finding rather than derived from theoretical considerations. Here, we show that the twisted-mass fermion discretisation provides a particularly transparent framework to understand this mechanism and yields a simple theoretical explanation. In particular, we demonstrate that maintaining constant the LMA induced noise reduction as the quark mass increases requires proportionally increasing the number of deflated modes.

III.1 Twisted Mass fermions and eigen-decomposition

We first briefly summarise the key properties of Wilson twisted-mass fermions that are relevant for discussing their spectrum and deriving the mass dependence of LMA. In the twisted basis, i.e., the one in which the mass parameter μ\mu couples to a pseudoscalar density, the maximally-twisted Wilson–Dirac operator with a quark mass μ\mu reads as222For simplicity in the following discussion, we set the Wilson parameter to r=1r=1; the case r=1r=-1 is completely equivalent.

D(μ)=D𝖶+iγ5μ with D𝖶=[γ~+Wcr],D(\mu)=D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}+i\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\mu\mbox{\quad with\quad}D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}=\left[\gamma\cdot\tilde{\nabla}+W_{\mathrm{cr}}\right]\,, (7)

where D𝖶D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} is the massless γ5\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}-Hermitian Wilson–Dirac operator, consisting of the hopping term γ~\gamma{\cdot}\tilde{\nabla} and a diagonal mass term WcrW_{\rm cr} tuned to its critical value, i.e. to vanishing residual mass, with an optional clover term included. The associated Hermitian operator

Q𝖶D𝖶γ5=Q𝖶Q_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\equiv D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}=Q_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}^{\dagger} (8)

has eigenpairs (Λj,vj)\left(\Lambda_{j},v_{j}\right) satisfying

Q𝖶vj=Λjvj with Λj,.Q_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}v_{j}=\Lambda_{j}v_{j}\mbox{\quad with\quad}\Lambda_{j}\in\mathbb{R},. (9)

It follows that the equivalent twisted-mass Dirac operator reads as

Q(μ)D(μ)γ5=Q𝖶+iμQ(\mu)\equiv D(\mu)\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}=Q_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}+i\mu (10)

and since the mass term enters multiplied by the identity operator, it shares the same eigenvectors of Q𝖶Q_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}, while its eigenvalues are shifted into the complex plane by μ\mu,

Q(μ)vj=λj(μ)vj with λj(μ)Λj+iμ.Q(\mu)v_{j}=\lambda_{j}(\mu)\,v_{j}\mbox{\quad with\quad}\lambda_{j}(\mu)\equiv\Lambda_{j}+i\mu\,. (11)

These vectors are also eigenmodes of the positive-definite squared operator,

Q(μ)Q(μ)vj=Q(μ)Q(μ)vj=(Λj2+μ2)vj|λj(μ)||μ|foranyj.Q(\mu)^{\dagger}Q(\mu)\,v_{j}=Q(-\mu)Q(\mu)\,v_{j}=\left(\Lambda_{j}^{2}+\mu^{2}\right)v_{j}\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad|\lambda_{j}(\mu)|\geq|\mu|{\rm~~for~any~}j\,. (12)

The above relation highlights a central property of the twisted-mass operator, namely, the parameter μ\mu provides an infrared cutoff that prevents the appearance of near-zero modes [43]. As a consequence, at non-zero mass, the squared twisted operator is always positive definite, with condition number κλmax2/μ2\kappa\geq\lambda_{\rm max}^{2}/\mu^{2}, and its inverse is well defined.

Another important property of the twisted mass operator is that its spectrum is independent of the value of μ\mu, being entirely determined by the massless Hermitian Wilson operator Q𝖶Q_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}. As a result, the cost of the eigensolver does not depend on the quark mass, and the same set of deflated modes can be employed for any value of the twisted mass parameter μ\mu. This contrasts with, e.g., the Wilson operator and other discretisations, where the eigenvectors must be recomputed for each quark mass. The inverse of the twisted mass Dirac operator then follows directly from the spectral decomposition of Q𝖶Q_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}} as

Q𝖶=D𝖶γ5=j=0NevΛjvjvjS(μ)=D𝖳𝖬1(μ)=j=0Nev1λj(μ)γ5vjvjS𝖨𝖱=j=0Nev𝖨𝖱1λjγ5vjvj,Q_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}=D_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}=\sum_{j=0}^{N_{\rm ev}}\Lambda_{j}\,v_{j}v^{\dagger}_{j}\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad S(\mu)=D_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}^{-1}(\mu)=\sum_{j=0}^{N_{\rm ev}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{j}(\mu)}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}v_{j}v^{\dagger}_{j}\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}=\sum_{j=0}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\rm ev}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{j}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}v_{j}v^{\dagger}_{j}\,, (13)

where the modes are ordered by magnitude |Λj||\Lambda_{j}| and the IR propagator, S𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}, is obtained by restricting the sum to the first Nev𝖨𝖱N_{\rm ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}} modes.

III.2 Spectral density

We now examine the spectral densities of the massless Wilson Dirac operator, as well as those of the twisted-mass operator at the light quark mass. It has been shown in Refs. [19, 55, 59, 49, 50] that, on sufficiently large-volume ensembles—i.e., where the spectrum is dense and finite-volume effects are negligible—the spectral density of the massless Wilson Dirac operator, ρ𝖶\rho_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}, integrated over an interval [Λ,Λ+δΛ]\left[\Lambda,\Lambda{+}\delta\Lambda\right] with Λ\Lambda in the IR region, is proportional to both the interval width δΛ\delta\Lambda and the physical volume VV. Consequently, once these factors are factored out, the normalised density is approximately constant, namely

f𝖶(Λ,δΛ;V)1VδΛΛΛ+δΛρ𝖶(Λ~;V)dΛ~=ρ¯𝖶+df𝖶(Λ,δΛ;V),f_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\left(\Lambda,\delta\Lambda;V\right)\equiv\frac{1}{V\,\delta\Lambda}\int_{\Lambda}^{\Lambda+\delta\Lambda}\!\!\!\!\rho_{\!{\textstyle\mathstrut}{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}}(\tilde{\Lambda};V)\differential{\tilde{\Lambda}}\quad=\quad\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}+df_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\Lambda,\delta\Lambda;V)\,, (14)

where VV is physical volumes, ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} is a constant related to the chiral condensate Σ\Sigma in the chiral limit [19], see section III.4, and df𝖶df_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} is a smooth function, providing subleading corrections across physically relevant IR eigenvalue intervals.

Refer to caption
Refer to caption
Figure 1: The normalised density of absolute eigenvalues f𝖷(Λ,δΛ;V)f_{\mathsf{X}}(\Lambda,\delta\Lambda;V) is shown as a function of Λ/μ\Lambda/\mu, measured across the five near-physical-pion-mass ensembles described in table 1. Each ensemble is indicated by a different colour (with red shades corresponding to the same lattice spacing but increasing physical volume), as specified in the legend. The left panel shows the distribution for the massless Wilson case with δΛ/μ=0.5\delta\Lambda/\mu=0.5, while the right panel corresponds to the twisted-mass case with δ|λ(μ)|/μ=0.125\delta\absolutevalue{\lambda(\mu)}/\mu=0.125. The horizontal dashed lines indicate the fitted values of ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} for the respective ensembles (see table 1 for details). The vertical grey dashed lines mark the interval [μ,2μ][\mu,\sqrt{2}\mu] in both panels, which corresponds to the region in which eigenvalues below μ\mu are accumulated, as defined in eq. 17.

We confirm this behaviour using six near-physical-pion-mass Nf=2+1+1N_{f}{=}2+1+1 ensembles generated by the Extended Twisted Mass Collaboration (ETMC) at four different lattice spacings and three different physical volumes (see Ref. [64]). Our results are summarised in table 1 and shown in fig. 1. In the left panel, we show the dependence of the normalised density as a function of the eigenvalue norm Λ\Lambda. For our ensembles, we determine ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} by performing a linear fit of f𝖶(Λ,δΛ;V)f_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\left(\Lambda,\delta\Lambda;V\right) in the Λ/μ\Lambda/\mu_{\ell} interval [1.5,5]\left[1.5,5\right] with μ\mu_{\ell} the simulated light quark mass and δΛ/μ=0.5\delta\Lambda/\mu_{\ell}=0.5. We observe that its values have a mild dependence on the lattice spacing and are approximately constant with respect to the volume.

Refer to caption
Figure 2: Top panel: For each ensemble, the number of eigenvalues Nev𝖶N_{\mathrm{ev}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} in the range [0,Λ]\left[0,\Lambda\right] measured according to the left-hand side of eq. 15. The grey vertical dotted lines represent the fit interval Λ/μ[1.5,5]\Lambda/\mu\in[1.5,5] within which ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} is extracted. The dashed lines represent the linear behaviour expected by the right-hand side of eq. 16. Bottom panel: the percentage deviation of the measured values from this prediction.

The number of eigenvalues up to a threshold Λ\Lambda is then given by

Nev𝖶(Λ;V)0Λρ𝖶(Λ~;V)dΛ~=f𝖶(0,Λ;V)VΛρ¯𝖶ΛV.N_{\rm ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\Lambda;V)\equiv\int_{0}^{\Lambda}\!\!\!\!\rho_{\!{\textstyle\mathstrut}{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}}(\tilde{\Lambda};V)\differential{\tilde{\Lambda}}\quad=\quad f_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(0,\Lambda;V)\,V\,\Lambda\quad\simeq\quad\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\,\Lambda\,V\,. (15)

where, in the last (approximated) step of eq. 15, we neglected the very mild higher-order dependence in Λ\Lambda of the spectral density. We show this expectation in fig. 2 for the aforementioned ETMC ensembles. Due to the scarcity of modes in the near-zero region, the r.h.s. of eq. 15 does not adequately describe the measured Nev𝖶(Λ;V)N_{\rm ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\Lambda;V) at small Λ\Lambda. In fig. 2, we then depict

Nev𝖶(Λ;V)Nev𝖶(Λmin;V)+ρ¯𝖶V(ΛΛmin),N_{\rm ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\Lambda;V)\simeq N_{\rm ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\Lambda_{\rm min};V)+\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\,V(\Lambda-\Lambda_{\rm min})\,, (16)

where Λmin=1.5μ\Lambda_{\rm min}=1.5\mu defines the lower bound of the fit region of f𝖶f_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}. The bottom panel shows the relative measured–predicted deviation, which remains within 10%10\% in the low-lying part of the spectrum.

48 V/a4V/a^{4} a[fm]a~[\mathrm{fm}] L[fm]L~[\mathrm{fm}] ξπ103\xi_{\pi}{\cdot}10^{3} aμa\mu ρ¯𝖶[fm3]\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}~[\mathrm{fm}^{-3}] π2ZPρ¯𝖶3\sqrt[3]{\frac{\pi}{2}Z_{P}\bar{\rho}_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} [MeV] Σ𝖱3\sqrt[3]{\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}} [MeV] Nev𝖳𝖬(2μ)N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}_{\rm ev}(\sqrt{2}\mu) ρ¯𝖶μV\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\,\mu\,V
B48 483×96\phantom{1}48^{3}{\times}\phantom{1}96 0.07967 3.82 7.25 0.00072 \sim 3.7 \sim 276 \sim 267 13 14
B64 643×128\phantom{1}64^{3}{\times}128 0.07967 5.10 7.25 0.00072 3.686(17) 275.51(82) 266.6(3.2) 44 45
B96 963×192\phantom{1}96^{3}{\times}192 0.07967 7.65 7.25 0.00072 \sim 3.7 \sim 276 \sim 267 232 229
C80 803×160\phantom{1}80^{3}{\times}160 0.06799 5.44 6.94 0.00060 3.658(18) 275.94(60) 267.4(3.1) 55 56
D96 963×192\phantom{1}96^{3}{\times}192 0.05686 5.46 7.34 0.00054 3.632(20) 277.08(59) 268.0(3.3) 62 61
E112 1123×224112^{3}{\times}224 0.04883 5.47 6.89 0.00044 3.608(16) 277.03(49) 268.5(3.0) 58 58
Continuum limit 278.16(77) 269.5(4.5)
Table 1: Parameters of the Nf=2+1+1N_{f}=2+1+1 ETMC gauge ensembles used in this study (see Ref. [64]). The first six columns list the ensemble short name, lattice size in lattice units, lattice spacing, physical linear extent, the mass-over-decay constant of the pion (see eq. 27), and the light quark mass in lattice units. Columns six and seven report the fitted bare ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} and the renormalised quantity π2ZPρ¯𝖶3\sqrt[3]{\frac{\pi}{2}Z_{P}\bar{\rho}_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}, where ZP=ZPMS¯Z_{P}=Z_{P}^{\overline{\text{MS}}} the is the flavour non-singlet pseudoscalar density renormalisation factor in the MS¯\overline{\text{MS}} scheme at 2 GeV (renormalisation constants will be presented in a forthcoming dedicated paper [62]). Column eight corresponds to the renormalised chiral condensate Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} (see eq. 26). For ensembles B48 and B96, no uncertainties are quoted because only a small number of configurations were analysed for testing purposes. The final two columns show the measured and predicted, from the right-hand side of eq. 18, number of eigenvalues Nev𝖳𝖬(2μ;V)N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}_{\rm ev}(\sqrt{2}\mu;V) in the interval [μ,2μ]\left[\mu,\sqrt{2}\mu\right].

Given the smoothness of the massless Wilson operator, the density of the spectrum of the twisted operator follows immediately. Wilson eigenvalues with |Λj|μ|\Lambda_{j}|\leq\mu are mapped into the region

μ(|λj(μ)|=Λj2+μ2)2μ,\mu\leq\left(|\lambda_{j}(\mu)|=\sqrt{\Lambda_{j}^{2}+\mu^{2}}\right)\leq\sqrt{2}\,\mu\,, (17)

producing an accumulation of modes in the interval [μ,2μ][\mu,\sqrt{2}\mu]. For eigenvalues much larger than μ\mu, the spectrum resumes its approximately linear growth in |Λ||\Lambda|. This pattern is illustrated in the right panel of fig. 1 at the physical light-quark mass for each ensemble given in Table 1. This leads directly to the central observation of this section. As the quark mass μ\mu increases, all Wilson modes with |Λj|μ\absolutevalue{\Lambda_{j}}\leq\mu are compressed into a narrow region of the twisted-mass spectrum and therefore contribute uniformly to its infrared part. In table 1, we report the measured and predicted value for Nev𝖳𝖬(2μ;V)N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}_{\rm ev}(\sqrt{2}\mu;V) according to

Nev𝖳𝖬(2μ;V)μ2μρ𝖳𝖬(|λ|;V,μ)d|λ|=0μρ𝖶(Λ;V)dΛNev𝖶(μ;V)ρ¯𝖶μV.N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}_{\rm ev}(\sqrt{2}\mu;V)\equiv\int_{\mu}^{\sqrt{2}\mu}\!\!\!\!\!\!\rho_{\!{\textstyle\mathstrut}{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{TM}$}}}}(\absolutevalue{\lambda};V,\mu)\,\differential{\absolutevalue{\lambda}}\quad=\quad\int_{0}^{\mu}\!\!\!\!\rho_{\!{\textstyle\mathstrut}{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}}(\Lambda;V)\differential{\Lambda}\quad\equiv\quad N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}_{\rm ev}(\mu;V)\quad\simeq\quad\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\,\mu\,V\,. (18)

Indeed, given the above considerations, the integrated density of eigenvalues in [μ,2μ][\mu,\sqrt{2}\mu] of eq. 18 grows linearly with μ\mu.

III.3 Discussion on eq. 18

The previous analysis of the twisted mass operator shows that to keep constant LMA performances, i.e. to deflate exactly a given region of the spectral density of the operator, the cost grows linearly with the quark mass and with the volume. This occurs because all infrared modes contribute comparably due to their similar eigenvalue magnitude induced by the mass shift and increased density with the volume. This scaling can be expressed as

Nev𝖨𝖱μV.N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev}\;\propto\;\mu\,V\,. (19)

Although this argument is derived for the twisted mass operator, where the mass shift explicitly accumulates eigenvalues, the conclusion is not specific to this regularisation. For instance, in the Wilson case, the eigenvalues are not similarly clustered but still populate the region near the mass shift threshold [59]. Since different lattice discretisations describe the same infrared physics, the density of modes relevant for low-energy observables must exhibit the same parametric dependence. Therefore, it is natural to expect that the linear scaling with the multiplicatively renormalisable quark-mass parameter (here μ\mu) and the spacetime volume VV holds more generally across fermion formulations. This leads to several important consequences as discussed below.

LMA computational cost and memory usage grow as μV2/a4\mu\,V^{2}/a^{4}

Given the scaling of Nev𝖨𝖱μVN^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev}\propto\mu V and considering that the cost of lattice operations scales at least with the number of lattice points V/a4V/a^{4}, the computational cost and memory footprint of exact LMA scale as μV2/a4\mu\,V^{2}/a^{4}. This V2V^{2} scaling renders the method rapidly impractical on large volumes due to both larger resource requirements and poor parallel scaling of algorithms, in particular, multigrid solvers. The LMA further deteriorates as the quark mass increases. In particular, if Nev𝖨𝖱N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev} modes are required to achieve a given performance at the light-quark mass μ\mu_{\ell}, maintaining the same efficiency would require roughly μs/μ27\mu_{s}/\mu_{\ell}\approx 27 times more modes at the strange mass and μc/μ324\mu_{c}/\mu_{\ell}\approx 324 times more at the charm mass. Given that already at the physical light-quark mass on a (5fm)4(5\,{\rm fm})^{4} volume several hundred modes are needed for a significant gain, extending exLMA to heavier quarks quickly becomes computationally prohibitive. These considerations imply that LMA is most effective at light-quark masses, where the number of required modes remains manageable, and the balance between cost and variance reduction is most favourable.

Contraction costs for all-to-all correlation functions scale with (Nev𝖨𝖱)n(N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev})^{n}

Contraction costs can also become rapidly prohibitive with the number of propagators, nn, involved. While exact eigenvectors enable the construction of all-to-all correlation functions, the associated cost typically scales as (Nev𝖨𝖱)n(N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev})^{n}, leading to a steep increase already for a moderate number nn of propagators—see e.g. fig. 9 for baryon contractions. As our results will demonstrate, this scaling effectively renders all-to-all baryon correlators (n=3n=3) already impractical for light-quark masses and moderate volumes, and, as volume or quark mass increase, fully exact all-to-all correlation functions become generically unfeasible, except for simpler observables, such as single-quark loops with n=1n=1. In practice, this limitation can be alleviated by replacing all-to-all contractions with stochastic estimators, since the signal typically saturates at moderate statistics. Other possible strategies not considered here include sparsening [36, 57, 30].

Gain of LMA versus stochastic approaches decreases with 1/μ21/\mu^{2}

Assuming that a stochastic propagator samples the Dirac spectrum approximately uniformly, then the fraction of infrared modes it captures increases with the quark mass, since the IR region relevant for long-distance physics grows proportionally to μ\mu for a given spectrum. Stochastic estimators, therefore, become progressively more efficient at sampling the physically relevant modes as the mass increases. At the same time, the cost of LMA rises linearly with μ\mu, as the number of eigenmodes that must be treated explicitly increases accordingly. Thus, the two approaches scale in opposite manners, with LMA becoming more expensive, while stochastic estimators improve in quality. As a result, the relative advantage of LMA over stochastic methods rapidly decreases with increasing quark mass, scaling approximately as 1/μ21/\mu^{2}. Consequently, for sufficiently heavy quarks, stochastic approaches become markedly more efficient than LMA.

LMA performance is limited by the heaviest quark mass in the correlation function

The previous remarks apply to correlators with a single quark mass. A more subtle situation arises for mixed correlators involving both light and heavy quarks, with masses μ\mu_{\ell} and μh\mu_{h}, such as the kaon two-point function. Suppose one deflates N𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell} modes that are determined to be sufficient for achieving a good performance at μ\mu_{\ell}, and does not scale this number for the heavier propagator, i.e., instead of the larger value Nh𝖨𝖱=(μh/μ)N𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{h}=(\mu_{h}/\mu_{\ell})\,N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell} one still uses N𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell}—this is particularly advantageous for the twisted mass discretization, where the same eigenvectors can be used for all quark masses, see eq. 13. Then the corresponding propagators can be written as

Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠,=Sex𝖨𝖱,+Sη𝖴𝖵, and Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠,h=Sex/η𝖨𝖱,h+Sη𝖴𝖵,h=Sex𝖨𝖱,h+Sη𝖨𝖱,h+Sη𝖴𝖵,h,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},\ell}_{\eta}=S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell}_{\rm ex}+S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}},\ell}_{\eta}\mbox{\quad and\quad}S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},h}_{\eta}=S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h}_{\rm ex/\eta}+S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}},h}_{\eta}=S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\subset\ell}_{\rm ex}+S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\not\subset\ell}_{\eta}+S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}},h}_{\eta}\,, (20)

where the infrared and ultraviolet parts are separated and labelled according to whether they are treated exactly (ex) or stochastically (η\eta). For the heavy propagator, the full infrared region of size Nh𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{h} is split into an exact part for the first N𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell} modes, Sex𝖨𝖱,hS^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\subset\ell}_{\rm ex}, and a stochastic remainder, Sη𝖨𝖱,hS^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\not\subset\ell}_{\eta}.

Considering then the infrared contribution to a bilinear correlator, one obtains

Cex/η𝖨𝖱,hC(Sex𝖨𝖱,,Sex/η𝖨𝖱,h)=C(Sex𝖨𝖱,,Sex𝖨𝖱,h)+C(Sex𝖨𝖱,,Sη𝖨𝖱,h)=Cex𝖨𝖱,(hl)+Cη𝖨𝖱,(hl),C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell h}_{\rm ex/\eta}\equiv C(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell}_{\rm ex},S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h}_{\rm ex/\eta})=C(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell}_{\rm ex},S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\subset\ell}_{\rm ex})+C(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell}_{\rm ex},S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},h\not\subset\ell}_{\eta})=C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell(h\subset l)}_{\rm ex}+C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell(h\not\subset l)}_{\eta}\,, (21)

where, in the first equality, the IR contraction is split into two contributions (one purely exact and one mixed); and then, in the second equality, the mixed exact–stochastic term is effectively rendered stochastic since we assume eq. 6 to hold. Consequently, only the light–light part of the correlator benefits from LMA, while the remaining contribution does not. Namely, using eq. 6, the full correlator can be written as

Cex/η𝖫𝖬𝖠,h=Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,hCη𝖨𝖱,(hl)+Cex𝖨𝖱,(hl),C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},\ell h}_{\rm ex/\eta}=C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},\ell h}_{\eta}-C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell(h\subset l)}_{\eta}+C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell(h\subset l)}_{\rm ex}\,, (22)

making explicit that only the fully exact part is improved. This means that if all Nh𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{h} eigenvalues contribute approximately equally, the improved fraction of the correlator scales as μ/μh\mu_{\ell}/\mu_{h}, since we expect N𝖨𝖱×Nh𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell}\times N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{h} modes to contribute in C𝖨𝖱,hC^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell h}, but only N𝖨𝖱×N𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell}\times N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\ell} have been deflated in C𝖨𝖱,(hl)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},\ell(h\subset l)}. For example, for a kaon at physical quark masses, this yields a suppression of order 1/271/27 of the noise reduction, significantly reducing the overall effects of LMA.

The above considerations strongly indicate that, in modern lattice QCD applications, LMA is beneficial primarily for correlation functions composed exclusively of light-quark propagators, which thus define the focus of this work.

III.4 On the Banks–Casher relation and the chiral condensate

Refer to caption
Refer to caption
Figure 3: Left panels: Continuum limits of (top) the renormalised density of low modes of the massless Wilson Dirac operator, ρ¯𝖶\bar{\rho}_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}, on 140MeV140~\mathrm{MeV} ensembles; (middle) the chiral condensate Σ\Sigma determined from the density after correcting for the pion-mass dependence using 4h¯1l¯3=14.3(5.4)4\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3}=14.3(5.4) with an arbitrary 30% error (light blue dot in the bootom panel); and (bottom) our determination of the low-energy constant combination 4h¯1l¯34\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3}, using as input the densities and the chiral condensate obtained in ETMC21 [2]. Right panel: Comparison of our determination of the chiral condensate with other recent results, ETMC21 [2], Bonanno et al. [24], and FLAG21 averages [11], renormalised in the MS¯\overline{\mathrm{MS}} scheme at 2GeV2~\mathrm{GeV}. The ETMC21 result [2] is extracted from the pion-mass dependence on the quark mass and is independent of the present determination, although obtained from an overlapping set of ensembles.

As a by-product of the analysis presented in section III.2, the extracted values of ρ𝖱ZPρ¯𝖶\rho_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}\equiv Z_{P}\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} enable a determination of the renormalised chiral condensate Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} via the Banks–Casher relation [19]. The chiral condensate Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} is related to the disconnected contribution of the scalar insertion, which can be written as

(uu¯+dd¯)𝖱(μ)ZP(uu¯+dd¯)sub(μ)=2μVTr[D1(+μ)D1(μ)]=2μVi1Λi2+μ2,\expectationvalue{\left(u\bar{u}+d\bar{d}\right)_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}(\mu)\equiv Z_{P}\expectationvalue{\left(u\bar{u}+d\bar{d}\right)_{\mathrm{sub}}}(\mu)=-\frac{2\mu}{V}\Tr[D^{-1}(+\mu)D^{-1}(-\mu)]=-\frac{2\mu}{V}\sum_{i}\frac{1}{\Lambda^{2}_{i}+\mu^{2}}\,, (23)

where (uu¯+dd¯)sub\expectationvalue{\left(u\bar{u}+d\bar{d}\right)_{\mathrm{sub}}} denotes the properly subtracted (mixing with 𝟙a2μ\mathds{1}a^{-2}\mu and 𝟙μ3\mathds{1}\mu^{3} removed) scalar light-quark density.

In the infinite-volume limit, the sum can be replaced by an integral. Assuming a constant spectral density up to a cutoff Λmax\Lambda_{\max}, one obtains

(uu¯+dd¯)𝖱(μ)2ZPρ¯𝖶0ΛmaxμΛ2+μ2dΛ=πZPρ¯𝖶+(ZPμΛmax),\expectationvalue{\left(u\bar{u}+d\bar{d}\right)_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}(\mu)\simeq-2\,Z_{P}\,\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}\int_{0}^{\Lambda_{\max}}\!\!\!\frac{\mu}{\Lambda^{2}+\mu^{2}}\,\differential\Lambda=-\pi\,Z_{P}\,\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}+\order{\frac{Z_{P}\,\mu}{\Lambda_{\max}}}\,, (24)

where we used

0ΛmaxμΛ2+μ2dΛ=arctan(Λmaxμ)=π2+(μΛmax).\int_{0}^{\Lambda_{\max}}\!\!\!\frac{\mu}{\Lambda^{2}+\mu^{2}}\,\differential\Lambda=\arctan{\frac{\Lambda_{\max}}{\mu}}=\frac{\pi}{2}+\order{\frac{\mu}{\Lambda_{\max}}}\,. (25)

The renormalised chiral condensate is then defined as

Σ𝖱=12limμ0(u¯u+d¯d)𝖱(μ)=π2ZPρ¯𝖶 0,\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}=-\frac{1}{2}\lim_{\mu\to 0}\expectationvalue{\left(\bar{u}u+\bar{d}d\right)_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}(\mu)=\frac{\pi}{2}Z_{P}\,\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}^{\,0}\,, (26)

where ZPρ¯𝖶 0Z_{P}\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}^{\,0} denotes the spectral density in the chiral limit, i.e. for vanishing sea and valence quark masses. Owing to the relation between the spectral density of the twisted-mass operator and that of the massless Wilson operator, the extracted ρ¯𝖱\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} are already in the valence chiral limit, but correspond to a finite sea quark mass, mπ140m_{\pi}\simeq 140\,MeV.

Taking the continuum limit of ρ¯𝖱\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} and comparing with independent determinations of Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}, we find values in the expected range, see fig. 3, albeit in mild tension with our earlier result from ETMC21 [2]. In that work, Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} was extracted using chiral perturbation theory relations for the pion mass across multiple ensembles, including heavier pion masses and a controlled extrapolation to the chiral limit. The observed discrepancy can therefore be attributed to residual sea-quark mass effects in the present determination, since other lattice errors appear to be well under control, including finite size corrections. Indeed, by comparing three significantly different volumes for the B ensemble yields consistent spectral densities, see table 1.

To quantify these residual sea-quark mass effects, one may employ the chiral expansion of the subtracted quark scalar operator vacuum expectation value [48],

(uu¯+dd¯)𝖱(ξπ)=2Σ𝖱(1+ξπ(4h¯1l¯3)+𝒪(ξπ2)) with ξπ=mπ216π2fπ2,\expectationvalue{\left(u\bar{u}+d\bar{d}\right)_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}(\xi_{\pi})=-2\,\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}\left(1+\xi_{\pi}(4\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3})+\mathcal{O}(\xi_{\pi}^{2})\right)\mbox{\quad with\quad}\xi_{\pi}=\frac{m^{2}_{\pi}}{16\pi^{2}f_{\pi}^{2}}\,, (27)

where l¯3=3.5(3)\bar{l}_{3}=3.5(3) [12] is the next-to-leading-order low-energy constant governing the quark-mass dependence of mπ2m_{\pi}^{2}, while h¯1\bar{h}_{1} denotes a less constrained contact term entering scalar correlation functions. Owing to the relation between the scalar insertion and the spectral density via the trace of modes, this expression directly translates into

ρ¯𝖱(ξπ)=ZPρ¯𝖶(ξπ)=2Σ𝖱π(1+ξπ(4h¯1l¯3)+𝒪(ξπ2))4h¯1l¯3=1ξπ(πρ¯𝖱2Σ1).\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}(\xi_{\pi})=Z_{P}\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(\xi_{\pi})=\frac{2\,\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}{\pi}\Big(1+\xi_{\pi}(4\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3})+\mathcal{O}(\xi_{\pi}^{2})\Big)\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad 4\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3}=\frac{1}{\xi_{\pi}}\left(\frac{\pi\,\bar{\rho}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}{2\,\Sigma}-1\right)\,. (28)

This relation suggests two possible strategies. One may either adopt an external input for h¯1\bar{h}_{1} to correct for pion-mass effects in the spectral density, or, alternatively, determine h¯1\bar{h}_{1} directly from our spectral-density data combined with an independent continuum limit determination of Σ𝖱\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}} from ETMC21 [2].

Regarding the first approach, a prediction for H1rH_{1}^{r} in three-flavour chiral perturbation theory at μ=0.77GeV\mu=0.77~\mathrm{GeV} is available in Ref. [10], determined in the large NcN_{c} limit. Converting this to the scale-independent h¯1\bar{h}_{1} [48], and assigning a conservative uncertainty of approximately 30%30\% [21], one obtains h¯14.5(1.3)\bar{h}_{1}\simeq 4.5(1.3). The corresponding 4h¯1l¯34\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3} value, represented as a blue dot in fig. 3, can then be used to correct the chiral condensate for chiral effects. The resulting continuum-limit result is

Σ𝖱3=269.5(4.6)MeVinNf=2+1+1at 2 GeV scale,\sqrt[3]{\Sigma_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{R}$}}}}}=269.5(4.6)~\mathrm{MeV}\qquad\text{in}~~N_{f}{=}2{+}1{+}1~\text{at 2 GeV scale}\,, (29)

as shown in fig. 3 with very good agreement with our previous ETMC21 determination.

Following the second strategy instead, by comparing to ETMC21 to determine the chiral dependence, we find

4h¯1l¯3=17.4(4.3)h¯1=5.2(1.1).4\bar{h}_{1}-\bar{l}_{3}=17.4(4.3)\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad\bar{h}_{1}=5.2(1.1)\,. (30)

IV Results on Exact LMA for Quark Bilinear Correlation Functions

In this section, we present results for two-point bilinear correlation functions computed on four physical-point ETMC ensembles, the parameters of which are listed in table 1 and the statistics used are reported in table 2. These correlators were originally generated to study the long-distance contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment [16, 64], but were constructed for generic Dirac structures. This setup allows us to report more broadly on the achieved noise reduction across a range of physically relevant correlation functions.

Ensemble NUN_{U} Nev𝖨𝖱N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev} NηN_{\eta}
B64 1300 400 1024
C80 590 530 1600
D96 570 530 960
E112 670 530 1344
Table 2: Statistics for the two-point correlation functions using the ETMC ensembles of table 1, where LMA noise-reduction techniques are applied. The second column reports the number of configurations NUN_{U}, the third the number of low modes exactly deflated Nev𝖨𝖱N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev} and used in the LMA setup to reconstruct the IR part, and the fourth the number of stochastic sources NηN_{\eta} used to compute the full correlation function. The number of eigenvectors scales with the physical volume. The B64 ensemble has L5.1L\simeq 5.1 fm, whereas C80, D96, and E112 have L5.5L\simeq 5.5 fm. This accounts for the slightly larger number of modes for the latter three ensembles.

IV.1 LMA of quark-bilinear correlation function

We consider a generic meson two-point correlation function, computed using a backwards-running propagator via γ5\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}-hermiticity, S=γ5Sγ5S=\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}S^{\dagger}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}333In the case of TM fermions, one has γ5Srγ5=Sr\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}S^{\dagger}_{r}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}=S_{-r}, where r=±1r=\pm 1 is the Wilson parameter. In this section, we adopt the canonical quark basis, where the ff-quark mass term is μf¯f\mu\bar{f}f and the ff-quark reads Sr=exp(iγ5π4)[D𝖶(r)+iμγ5]exp(iγ5π4)S_{r}=\exp{i\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\frac{\pi}{4}}\left[D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}(r)+i\mu\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\right]\exp{-i\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\frac{\pi}{4}}. , defined as

C(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2ST𝒑1t1Γ1γ5S] with T𝒑𝒊ti(𝒙,t)=δttiei𝒙𝒑i,C(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{1},{\bf\it p}_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\Gamma_{2}\,S\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,S^{\dagger}\right]\mbox{\quad with\quad}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{i}}}^{t_{i}}\,({\bf\it x},t)=\delta_{tt_{i}}e^{i{\bf\it x}\cdot{\bf\it p}_{i}}, (31)

where x=(𝒙,t)x=({\bf\it x},t) denotes the spacetime coordinates. The operator TT_{{\bf\it}}\,\!\! acts on the lattice coordinates, projecting the propagator onto the timeslice tit_{i} and momentum 𝒑i{\bf\it p}_{i}. While the two propagators SS may in general have different masses, here we restrict to light quarks, where the benefits from LMA are greatest as discussed in the previous section. For the twisted-mass operator, the propagators can be generated with either equal or opposite signs of the Wilson parameter r=±1r=\pm 1 multiplying the light-quark twisted mass μ\mu, hence ±μ\pm\mu in eq. 7, corresponding either to twisted-mass (TM) or Osterwalder–Seiler (OS) regularisations. Both setups are tested, yielding comparable improvements. Therefore, results are presented for TM or OS regularisation, as specified below.

Regarding momentum boosts, we restrict to the zero-boost case, 𝒑1=𝒑2=0{\bf\it p}_{1}={\bf\it p}_{2}={\bf\it 0}, since non-zero momenta would require dedicated inversions on momentum stochastic sources. Concerning the Dirac structures, several choices vanish at zero momentum, in particular those with unmatched spatial Dirac indices. Also, channels with pseudoscalar or scalar structures (Γi=γ5\Gamma_{i}=\gamma_{5} or 𝟏{\bf 1}) rapidly saturate the stochastic noise, and the correlation functions are subject only to gauge noise. In these cases, no significant improvement from LMA is observed, as the correlator on a single configuration is already saturated with a small number of stochastic sources. In the following, we therefore restrict to non-vanishing vector, axial, and tensor structures, where a significant noise-to-signal ratio is observed.

The correlation functions have been computed either stochastically or via all-to-all methods exploiting the exact low-mode eigenvectors, as follows from eq. 6. For the stochastic part, we employ momentum-projected stochastic sources with time and spin dilution,

ητ,𝒑,μ(x,ν,a)=δtτδμνei2𝒙𝒑η(𝒙,a) with 1Nηηη(𝒙,a)η(𝒚,b)δabδ𝒙𝒚,\eta_{\tau,{\bf\it p},\mu}(x,\nu,a)=\delta_{t\tau}\delta_{\mu\nu}e^{\tfrac{i}{2}{\bf\it x}\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\eta({\bf\it x},a)\mbox{\quad with\quad}\frac{1}{N_{\eta}}\sum_{\eta}\eta^{*}({\bf\it x},a)\eta({\bf\it y},b)\approx\delta_{ab}\delta_{{\bf\it x}{\bf\it y}}, (32)

where μ,ν\mu,\nu are spin indices, and a,ba,b colour indices. Subscripts label independent sources, each requiring a separate inversion. In practice, we invert over all four Dirac components μ\mu, while τ\tau is varied together with a new stochastic sample η\eta, and we take 𝒑=0{\bf\it p}={\bf\it 0}. These sources allow us to approximate the term

T𝒑1t1Γ1γ51Nηημνηt1,𝒑1,μ(Γ1γ5)μνηt1,𝒑1,νT_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\approx\frac{1}{N_{\eta}}\sum_{\eta}\sum_{\mu\nu}\eta_{t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}\;(\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}})_{\mu\nu}\;\eta^{\dagger}_{t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\nu}\, (33)

in eq. 31 leading to

Cη(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=μν(Γ1γ5)μνϕη,t1,𝒑1,νT𝒑2t2γ5Γ2ϕη,t1,𝒑1,μ with ϕη,t1,𝒑1,μ=Sηt1,𝒑1,μ,C_{\eta}(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{1},{\bf\it p}_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\sum_{\mu\nu}(\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}})_{\mu\nu}\,\phi^{\dagger}_{\eta,t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\nu}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\Gamma_{2}\,\phi_{\eta,t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}\mbox{\quad with\quad}\phi_{\eta,t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}=S\,\eta_{t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}\,, (34)

which corresponds to an inner product of the propagated stochastic sources ϕη\phi_{\eta}. The stochastic IR contribution is obtained analogously as

Cη𝖨𝖱 same as eq. 34 replacing ϕη with ϕη,t1,𝒑1,μ𝖨𝖱=S𝖨𝖱ηt1,𝒑1,μ=j=0Nev𝖨𝖱1λjγ5vjvjηt1,𝒑1,μ,C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}\mbox{\quad same as~\lx@cref{creftype~refnum}{eq:stoch_corr_bil} replacing $\phi_{\eta}$ with\quad}\phi^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta,t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}=S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,\eta_{t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}=\sum_{j=0}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\rm ev}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{j}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}v_{j}v^{\dagger}_{j}\,\eta_{t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\mu}\,, (35)

where η\eta is exactly the same source, but propagated using only the IR part of the spectrum.

The remaining ingredient is the exact all-to-all IR contribution. Explicitly inserting the eigenmode decomposition of SS given in eq. 13, in the correlation function yields

C𝖨𝖱(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=j,kNev𝖨𝖱1λjλkTr[T𝒑2t2Γ2γ5vjvjT𝒑1t1Γ1γ5vkvk].C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{1},{\bf\it p}_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\sum_{j,k}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\rm ev}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{j}\,\lambda_{k}^{*}}\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\Gamma_{2}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,v_{j}v_{j}^{\dagger}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\,v_{k}v_{k}^{\dagger}\right]\,. (36)

From a computational perspective, it is more efficient to evaluate inner products of eigenvectors, obtaining

C𝖨𝖱(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=j,l=1Nev𝖨𝖱1λjλkEjk(t1,𝒑1,Γ1γ5)Ekj(t2,𝒑2,γ5Γ2) with Ejk(t,𝒑,Γ)=vjT𝒑tΓvkC^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{1},{\bf\it p}_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\sum_{j,l=1}^{N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{j}\,\lambda_{k}^{*}}E_{jk}(t_{1},{\bf\it p}_{1},\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{5})E_{kj}(t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{2},\gamma_{5}\Gamma_{2})\mbox{\quad with\quad}E_{jk}(t,{\bf\it p},\Gamma)=v_{j}^{\dagger}\,T_{{\bf\it p}}^{t}\,\,{\Gamma}\,{v_{k}} (37)

requiring only Nev𝖨𝖱(Nev𝖨𝖱+1)/2N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}+1)/2 independent contractions to be computed by exploiting

Ekj(t,𝒑,Γ)=Ejk(t,𝒑,Γ),E_{kj}(t,{\bf\it p},\Gamma)=E_{jk}^{*}(t,-{\bf\it p},\Gamma^{\dagger})\,, (38)

and then assembling the all-to-all IR correlation functions during post-processing.

IV.2 Error reduction with the number of modes

The most critical aspect in optimising LMA performance is determining how many modes to deflate. As discussed in section III.2, for the twisted mass operator, one needs at least as many modes as those within the region [μ,2μ][\mu,\sqrt{2}\mu], since all eigenvalues in this interval are of comparable magnitude. For the B64 ensemble, which is used for the testing in this section, this corresponds to roughly 45 modes at the simulated light-quark mass, as reported in table 1.

Results for different numbers of deflated modes are shown in fig. 4 for a subset of about 50 configurations of the B64 ensemble, where the noise reduction is quantified as

σstoch(t)σLMA(t)Err[Cη(t)]Err[Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)]Var[Cη(t)]Var[Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)],\displaystyle\frac{\sigma_{\mathrm{stoch}}(t)}{\sigma_{\mathrm{LMA}}(t)}\equiv\frac{{\rm Err}[C_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Err}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}\simeq\sqrt{\frac{{\rm Var}[C_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Var}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}}\,, (39)

i.e., as the ratio between the statistical error of the fully stochastic correlator and that of the LMA-improved one, cf. eq. 6. We observe that 100 eigenvectors, namely, more than twice the minimal estimate, are still insufficient to yield any noticeable improvement. A clear noise reduction appears only for significantly larger numbers of modes, predominantly at large Euclidean time separations. The error saturates if one uses around 400–500 eigenvectors for most correlation functions, as shown in fig. 4. In particular, this is true for the vector–vector correlator that enters the study of the muon g-2. This motivates the choice of 400 modes used for the B64 ensemble.

Refer to caption
Figure 4: Gain in the signal-to-noise ratio defined in eq. 39, computed for the deflated two-point light-quark flavour non-singlet correlators on a 643×12864^{3}\times 128 lattice with spatial extent L=5.1fmL=5.1~\mathrm{fm}. Each panel corresponds to a different Dirac structure of the correlators. Different colours correspond to Neig=100,200,300,400,500N_{\mathrm{eig}}=100,200,300,400,500 eigenvectors, using NU=56N_{U}=56 gauge configurations and Nη=256N_{\eta}=256 stochastic sources. The optimal choice is Neig=400N_{\mathrm{eig}}=400, which yields a gain statistically compatible with that obtained using 500 eigenvectors while requiring fewer computational resources.
Refer to caption
Figure 5: On the C80 ensemble, the comparison of the two-point vector-vector correlator in isoQCD. The left panel shows the CηC_{\eta}, Cη𝖨𝖱C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and C𝖨𝖱C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} contributions to Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} of eq. 6, as well the residual correlator CηresC_{\eta}^{\mathrm{res}} of eq. 40. In the small box, the crossover region between CηresC_{\eta}^{\mathrm{res}} and C𝖨𝖱C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}is highlighted. In the right panel, the direct comparison between CηC_{\eta} and Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} is shown. The dashed vertical lines represent the time slice where 30%30\% relative error is reached. The small box highlights the region t2fmt\geq 2~\mathrm{fm}.

Scaling with the volume then leads to about 530 modes for the C80, D96, and E112 ensembles, which have a 7%\sim 7\% larger linear extent, corresponding to a 32%\sim 32\% increase in volume. Results for all ensembles are depicted in fig. 6. Several remarks are in order here:

Dependence on Euclidean time and number of modes

The observed behaviour as a function of the number of modes and Euclidean time can be understood by examining the different contributions entering Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{\eta} in eq. 6. This is illustrated in the left panel of fig. 5, where, for the two-point vector-vector correlator, we show the fully stochastic correlator Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t), its IR part Cη𝖨𝖱(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t), their difference (the residual),

Cηres(t)=Cη(t)Cη𝖨𝖱(t),C^{\rm res}_{\eta}(t)=C_{\eta}(t)-C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)\,, (40)

and the all-to-all IR contribution C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t). At sufficiently large Euclidean time separations, a cross-over between the IR and residual contributions is observed, around 1.5 fm for this case, indicating that beyond this point the full correlator becomes dominated by the IR part. The location and even the existence of this cross-over depends on the number of deflated modes. With too few modes, the IR part lacks sufficient information to describe the ground state and never dominates. With enough modes, the asymptotic state is fully captured by the IR contribution, and as more modes are included, the cross-over shifts to shorter Euclidean times as excited states are progressively incorporated. Based on the results shown in fig. 4 for the B64 ensemble, we conclude that around 400-500 modes are necessary to fully describe the ground-state and reach maximal gain at large Euclidean time.

Asymptotic noise reduction at large Euclidean time

The asymptotic gain at large Euclidean time is determined by how much more precisely the IR contribution is computed compared to its stochastic estimate. In the present setup, where all-to-all correlators are used, C𝖨𝖱(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t) is known exactly up to gauge noise. By contrast, the stochastic estimate Cη𝖨𝖱(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t) is dominated by the stochastic noise and its error depends on the number of noise sources. In the regime where errors of the stochastic estimate scale ideally, one expects

G𝖨𝖱(t)=Err[Cη𝖨𝖱(t)]Err[C𝖨𝖱(t)]1NηVar[Cη𝖨𝖱(t)]Var[C𝖨𝖱(t)],G^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)=\frac{{\rm Err}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Err}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]}\simeq\frac{1}{\sqrt{N_{\eta}}}\sqrt{\frac{{\rm Var}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Var}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]}}\,, (41)

so that the gain decreases as the number of stochastic sources is increased. Consequently, the number of stochastic sources should be chosen as small as possible while still ensuring that the residual contribution is under control, thereby maximising the gain in the IR-dominated region while controlling the stochastic noise in the UV region. This observation also explains the difference in the asymptotic gain between fig. 4 and fig. 6: in the former, a smaller number of stochastic sources was used, yielding an error reduction of about 4.5, whereas the final production, performed according to table 2, results in an error reduction of about 3.5 for the vector-vector case.

Dependence on the Dirac structure

We observe that all correlation functions affected by a significant noise-to-signal ratio exhibit very similar noise-reduction properties and, in particular, the vector–vector, axial–axial, and tensor–tensor channels. Exceptions are correlation functions built from scalar, pseudoscalar, and the temporal components of the vector and axial currents. As discussed above, correlation functions involving scalar or pseudoscalar operators saturate very rapidly with stochastic noise, eliminating any gain from the LMA approach. For V0(t)V0(0)\langle V_{0}(t)V_{0}(0)\rangle and A0(t)A0(0)\langle A_{0}(t)A_{0}(0)\rangle, we do observe an improvement, although it is less pronounced than for the spatial components and does not saturate at large Euclidean time (see 6). This suggests that a larger number of modes would be required to fully capture the correlator. Finally, A0(t)A0(0)\langle A_{0}(t)A_{0}(0)\rangle exhibits a distinctive behaviour, namely the improvement decreases significantly as the continuum limit is approached. Our interpretation is that the stochastic noise is decreasing towards the continuum limit, thereby diminishing the relative gain from LMA. This is consistent with the fact that the A0(t)A0(0)\langle A_{0}(t)A_{0}(0)\rangle asymptotically has the pseudoscalar pion as its ground state; as the continuum limit is approached, this correlator increasingly resembles a pseudoscalar correlation function, for which no signal-to-noise problem is present.

Refer to caption
Figure 6: The gain in the signal-to-noise ratio in light-quark flavour non-singlet two-point correlation functions, as defined in eq. 39, is shown for the B64, C80, D96 and E112 ensembles. The gain reached is above 3.5 for all the ensembles, except for the correlators involving the time components of the vector and axial-vector.

V Results on Multigrid LMA for Quark Bilinear Correlation Functions

We now move to results produced using multigrid LMA (mgLMA), which belongs to the class of inexact LMA approaches [59]. Here, the setup cost is reduced by avoiding the exact computation of eigenvectors, while exploiting local coherence to capture multiple low modes simultaneously. A successful inexact deflation strategy, therefore, offers clear advantages for LMA, as it targets both a reduction in setup cost and a decrease in the number of required vectors, with the additional prospect of improved scaling with the volume and the quark mass. In particular, algebraic multigrid (AMG) has emerged as one of the most effective realisations of inexact deflation and is nowadays widely used as a preconditioner in solvers for many fermion discretisations at the physical point [26, 13, 46, 4, 27, 28, 29]. Therefore, it is natural to expect that its success as a preconditioner can translate directly into an effective LMA strategy. However, as we will discuss in this section, our experience indicates that this connection is not straightforward and requires further investigation.

V.1 Multigrid operators and their properties

In algebraic multigrid, a coarse operator DcD_{c} is defined in terms of prolongation PP and restriction RR operators as

DcRDP,D_{c}\equiv RDP\,, (42)

where DD denotes the fine operator. In lattice QCD, DcD_{c} is also referred to as the little Dirac operator [59]. While this construction generalises straightforwardly to multiple levels, here we restrict the discussion to the finest and coarsest levels only. Accordingly, DcD_{c} denotes the operator on the coarsest grid, and RR and PP represent the composite restriction and prolongation operators mapping directly between the finest and coarsest grids.

To define multigrid-based projectors, one typically requires that RR and PP preserve the identity,

𝟙cR𝟙P,\mathbbm{1}_{c}\equiv R\mathbbm{1}P\,, (43)

with 𝟙c\mathbbm{1}_{c} the identity on the coarse space. This leads to the following projectors acting on the fine level:

PR,D,rPDc1RD,D,lDPDc1R, and D,lrDPDc1RD,\mathbb{P}\equiv PR\,,\qquad\mathbb{P}_{D,r}\equiv PD_{c}^{-1}RD\,,\qquad\mathbb{P}_{D,l}\equiv DPD_{c}^{-1}R\,,\mbox{\quad and\quad}\mathbb{P}_{D,lr}\equiv\sqrt{D}PD_{c}^{-1}R\sqrt{D}\,, (44)

The operator \mathbb{P} simply projects the identity onto the coarse subspace, while the remaining operators incorporate the coarse inverse and define suitable projections for the quark propagator. For instance, using D,r\mathbb{P}_{D,r} one can decompose the propagator S=D1S=D^{-1} as

S=D,rS+(𝟙D,r)SwithD,rS=PDc1RDD1=PDc1RS𝖬𝖦.S=\mathbb{P}_{D,r}S+(\mathbbm{1}-\mathbb{P}_{D,r})S\qquad\text{with}\qquad\mathbb{P}_{D,r}S=PD_{c}^{-1}RDD^{-1}=PD_{c}^{-1}R\equiv S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}\,. (45)

An equivalent representation follows from the other projectors, finding

SS𝖬𝖦=(𝟙D,r)S=S(𝟙D,l)=S(𝟙D,lr)S.S-S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}=(\mathbbm{1}-\mathbb{P}_{D,r})S=S(\mathbbm{1}-\mathbb{P}_{D,l})=\sqrt{S}(\mathbbm{1}-\mathbb{P}_{D,lr})\sqrt{S}\,. (46)

The connection with exact deflation becomes explicit if RR and PP are chosen as the left and right IR eigenvector matrices of DD, respectively:

R=U𝖨𝖱,P=V𝖨𝖱, and Λ𝖨𝖱U𝖨𝖱DV𝖨𝖱=V𝖨𝖱U𝖨𝖱,Dc=Λ𝖨𝖱, and S𝖬𝖦=S𝖨𝖱.R=U^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,,\qquad P=V^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,,\mbox{\quad and\quad}\Lambda^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\equiv U^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}DV^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad\mathbb{P}=V^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}U^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,,\qquad D_{c}=\Lambda^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,,\mbox{\quad and\quad}S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}=S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\,. (47)

Thus, the multigrid propagator S𝖬𝖦S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}} approaches the IR propagator S𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}} to the extent that PP and RR accurately capture the low-mode subspace. When specialising this general AMG framework to lattice QCD, additional symmetry-preserving structures are typically imposed:

  • To preserve the sparsity of the Dirac operator, PP and RR act on space-time aggregates of the lattice, ensuring that DcD_{c} retains a nearest-neighbor structure. This is also in line with the property of local coherence [59], namely, eigenvectors restricted to aggregates still maintain significant overlap with the low-mode subspace.

  • To preserve γ5\gamma_{5}-hermiticity and related symmetries, PP and RR are constructed to act separately on left- and right-handed spin components, enforcing γ5\gamma_{5}-compatibility:

    γ5,c=Rγ5P,γ5,cR=Rγ5, and γ5P=Pγ5,c.\gamma_{5,c}=R\gamma_{5}P\,,\qquad\gamma_{5,c}R=R\gamma_{5}\,,\mbox{\quad and\quad}\gamma_{5}P=P\gamma_{5,c}\,. (48)

    This allows one to relate left and right eigenspaces and consistently choose

    R=PDc=PDP.R=P^{\dagger}\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad D_{c}=P^{\dagger}DP\,. (49)

    It also follows that γ5\gamma_{5}-hermiticity is preserved at the coarse level,

    Dc=PDP=Pγ5Dγ5P=γ5,cPDPγ5,c=γ5,cDcγ5,c,D_{c}^{\dagger}\quad=\quad P^{\dagger}D^{\dagger}P\quad=\quad P^{\dagger}\gamma_{5}D\gamma_{5}P\quad=\quad\gamma_{5,c}P^{\dagger}DP\gamma_{5,c}\quad=\quad\gamma_{5,c}D_{c}\gamma_{5,c}\,, (50)

    allowing the definition of a Hermitian coarse operator

    QcDcγ5,c=Qc.Q_{c}\equiv D_{c}\gamma_{5,c}=Q_{c}^{\dagger}\,. (51)
  • The γ5\gamma_{5}-compatibility is particularly crucial for twisted-mass fermions [4], as it ensures that the twisted-mass term retains its linear form at all multigrid levels:

    Dc(μ)P(D𝖶+iμγ5)P=PD𝖶P+iμγ5,c=D𝖶,c+iμγ5,c,D_{c}(\mu)\equiv P^{\dagger}(D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}}+i\mu\gamma_{5})P=P^{\dagger}D_{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}P+i\mu\gamma_{5,c}=D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}},c}+i\mu\gamma_{5,c}\,, (52)

    where D𝖶D_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{W}$}}}} denotes the massless Wilson operator. The coarse operator, therefore, inherits the same structure as the fine twisted-mass operator, i.e., the twisted mass μ\mu provides a low-mode cutoff, while the eigenvectors remain those of the massless Wilson operator. In practice, this allows a prolongation operator PP constructed at a given μ\mu to be reused for both signs and arbitrary values of ±μ\pm\mu, which is advantageous when employing multigrid as a preconditioner for twisted-mass simulations and observables [4, 5, 15].

V.2 From multigrid preconditioning to multigrid LMA

The properties discussed above closely mirror those of exact LMA, but within a more general multigrid framework. It is important to identify, however, where the construction of multigrid preconditioning deviates from the construction of a multigrid-based LMA approach. In particular:

Multigrid preconditioning is dynamic

A central feature of multigrid solvers for lattice QCD is their adaptivity. In a typical multigrid correction, the inverse of DcD_{c} is computed only to very low accuracy, and this approximate correction is then combined with a smoother. Additionally, the solver dynamically cycles among levels, often via K-cycles, using nested Krylov methods to determine whether to recurse further to coarser grids or return to finer levels. This adaptivity optimises the computational effort by adjusting the coarse-level work according to the current condition number and convergence state. As a result, the effective multigrid correction operator is not fixed, but evolves during the solve. Such strategies necessitate combining the preconditioner with a flexible Krylov solver.

LMA requires static operators

In contrast, LMA demands a strictly static construction where all sources of adaptivity must be removed so that the multigrid-based IR propagator defines a fixed operator. In particular, the inverse of DcD_{c} must be computed to high (effectively exact) precision, rather than approximated. This is especially challenging for twisted-mass fermions, where the coarse operator is typically highly ill-conditioned; even achieving a relatively loose tolerance (e.g. a 10110^{-1} relative residual) can already require hundreds of iterations [4]. A practical resolution is to perform exact deflation on the coarsest grid, which is the strategy adopted here. We define

S𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱=PSc𝖨𝖱PwithSc𝖨𝖱=j=0Nev𝖬𝖦1λc,jγ5,cvc,jvc,j and Qcvc,j=λc,jvc,jS^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}=PS^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{c}P^{\dagger}\qquad\text{with}\qquad S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{c}=\sum_{j=0}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\rm ev}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{c,j}}\,\gamma_{5,c}v_{c,j}v^{\dagger}_{c,j}\mbox{\quad and\quad}Q_{c}v_{c,j}=\lambda_{c,j}v_{c,j}\, (53)

so that the exact LMA construction is carried out on the coarsest grid. This significantly reduces the cost, both because of the smaller system size and because fewer eigenvectors are required, with the prolongation operator effectively lifting the coarse IR subspace to the fine level.

Different hyper-parameters and tuning

As a consequence, the set of hyperparameters and their tuning strategy differs substantially from standard multigrid preconditioning. Since LMA excludes any dynamic components, only parameters entering the definition of the coarse operator remain relevant, i.e., the aggregation size between levels, the number of null vectors, and the number of IR modes treated exactly on the coarse grid, Nev𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\rm ev}. As we will see, in practice, the optimal values of these parameters also differ significantly from the corresponding ones that are optimal in multigrid preconditioning. Additionally, the realisation of optimal multigrid LMA will differ significantly with the kind of fermion discretisation, in the same way multigrid preconditioning does for Wilson [26, 13, 46], twisted-mass [4], overlap [27], domain-walls [28], and staggered [29] fermions. Thus, each of these requires dedicated studies.

V.3 Multigrid LMA of quark-bilinear correlation functions

As given in eq. 53, our strategy combines multigrid operators with exact deflation to construct the propagator S𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}. A first consequence of this choice is that the identity in eq. 6 no longer holds. This is due to the fact that S𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} involves a nested projection, whereas the identity would apply to either the full S𝖬𝖦S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}} or the exact S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}. Nevertheless, eq. 6 can still be used as a guiding principle to define an improved estimator by embedding it in a control variates framework:

Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)Cη(t)+α(t)(C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦(t)Cη𝖬𝖦(t)),α(t)=Cov[Cη(t),Cη𝖬𝖦(t)]Var[Cη𝖬𝖦(t)].C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)\equiv C_{\eta}(t)+\alpha(t)\Big(C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t)-C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t)\Big)\,,\qquad\alpha(t)=\frac{{\rm Cov}[C_{\eta}(t),C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Var}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}\,. (54)

Here α(t)\alpha(t) is chosen to minimise the variance of Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t) at each time slice. In this formulation, C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t) acts as a low-noise control observable, while Cη𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t) provides a stochastic estimator with the same expectation value. Their difference therefore has vanishing mean but non-trivial correlation with Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t), enabling a variance reduction without introducing bias: when Cη𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t) is strongly correlated with Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t), a substantial variance reduction can be achieved up to the limit of perfect correlation, where the stochastic estimators cancel. In a setup where eq. 6 holds, one expects α(t)=1\alpha(t)=1. However, as shown in the right panel of fig. 7, this is not exactly true, and we find that the optimised α(t)\alpha(t) deviates from unity by less than 10%10\% in the large time limit. This would lead to a further reduction in the statistical error, which is, though, only about 2%2\% and thus overall negligible.

In the case of mgLMA, since the stochastic source is coarsened before applying the IR component of the multigrid propagator, the coefficient is expected to reflect the reduced dimensionality. The resulting values of α(t)\alpha(t) for the results presented below are shown in the left panel of fig. 7. Their relatively large magnitude is consistent with this expectation, while exhibiting a mild, non-trivial time dependence, as well as a weak dependence on the observable considered. Overall, the behaviour is smooth and quite reasonable.

Refer to caption
Refer to caption
Figure 7: Left: Values of control-variate parameter α(t)\alpha(t) used to rescale the C𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}(t) correlation function to improve its overlap with the standard correlation function C(t)C(t) up to an overall observable and time-dependent normalisation. Its value is determined according to eq. 54 and is provided for each quark bilinear current shown in fig. 8. Right: The control-variate parameter α(t)\alpha(t) computed on the C80 ensemble in the exact LMA setup where eq. 6 holds.

As in exact LMA, the two additional correlation functions in eq. 54 are built from the deflated propagator. The correlator Cη𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t) has the same contraction structure and stochastic sources η\eta as Cη(t)C_{\eta}(t), but with the propagator replaced by Sη𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}, while C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t) is evaluated at higher statistics. Several strategies are possible for the latter. Ideally, one would compute an all-to-all correlator, but already for bilinear correlators, the all-to-all construction becomes demanding:

C𝖺𝗅𝗅-𝗍𝗈-𝖺𝗅𝗅𝖬𝖦(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=Tr[T𝒑2t2Γ2PSc𝖨𝖱PT𝒑1t1Γ1PSc𝖨𝖱P],C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}}}(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p}_{1},{\bf\it p}_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,P\,S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{c}P^{\dagger}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,P\,S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{c}P^{\dagger}\right]\,, (55)

as it requires constructing the coarse operator PT𝒑tΓPP^{\dagger}T_{{\bf\it p}}^{t}\,\Gamma P for each choice of time, momentum, and Dirac structure.

A possible improvement is to design the prolongation operator PP to be compatible with quark bilinear structures, which is particularly natural at zero momentum. If PP does not aggregate in the time direction and is fully compatible with spin structures (i.e. Γ\Gamma-compatible), one obtains

PT0tΓP=T0,ctΓc.P^{\dagger}\,T_{{\bf\it 0}}^{t}\,\,{\Gamma}\,P=T_{{\bf\it 0},c}^{t}\,\,{\Gamma_{c}}\,. (56)

In this case, one can follow the same strategy as in eq. 37 and write

C𝖺𝗅𝗅-𝗍𝗈-𝖺𝗅𝗅𝖬𝖦(t1,t2,Γ1,Γ2)=j,l=1Nev,c𝖨𝖱1λc,jλc,kEjk𝖬𝖦(t1,Γ1γ5)Ekj𝖬𝖦(t2,γ5Γ2) with Ejk𝖬𝖦(t,Γ)=vc,jT0,ctΓcvc,k.C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{all\text{-}to\text{-}all}$}}}}(t_{1},t_{2},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\sum_{j,l=1}^{N_{{\rm ev},c}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{c,j}\,\lambda_{c,k}^{*}}E^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{jk}(t_{1},\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{5})\,E^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{kj}(t_{2},\gamma_{5}\Gamma_{2})\mbox{\quad with\quad}E^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{jk}(t,\Gamma)=v_{c,j}^{\dagger}\,T_{{\bf\it 0},c}^{t}\,\,{\Gamma_{c}}\,{v_{c,k}}\,. (57)

While promising and computationally efficient for bilinear observables, this approach requires additional implementation effort and sacrifices generality, and is therefore not pursued here. Instead, we approximate C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦(t)C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t) through high-statistics sampling,

C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦(t)=1Nη𝖬𝖦ηNη𝖬𝖦Cη𝖬𝖦(t),C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t)=\frac{1}{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}}\sum_{\eta}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}}C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}(t), (58)

leveraging the efficient application of the coarse-level correction via QUDA together with optimised accumulated contractions.

V.4 Using QUDA for multigrid LMA

Let us now emphasise that the efficient testing and implementation of this multigrid LMA strategy is greatly facilitated by the use of the QUDA library [31, 14, 32]. QUDA provides key capabilities, including efficient setup and application of multigrid operators, as well as deflation of low modes on the coarse grid. In practice, the multigrid propagator is obtained by invoking the multigrid preconditioner with a specific choice of parameters: no smoother iterations are applied, and a single V-cycle is performed, corresponding to a direct traversal to the coarsest grid and back without intermediate iterations. On the coarsest level, a deflated solver is employed with zero iterations, such that only the infrared (IR) component of the operator is effectively applied. This yields an extremely efficient application of the preconditioner, requiring only a fraction of a second per propagator. For the setup phase, instead, standard strategies are used. An additional feature of QUDA exploited here is the use of the even–odd preconditioned operator, rather than the standard Dirac operator, at all levels of the multigrid hierarchy.

V.5 Results on the B96 ensemble

The motivation for employing multigrid LMA on large-volume ensembles stems from the unfavourable V2V^{2} scaling of exact LMA. To illustrate this, we consider representative numbers from this work. For the B64 ensemble, production runs typically use 4 or 8 GPU nodes, depending on workload and memory constraints. With exact LMA, however, storing the full set of 400400 eigenvectors already requires running on 16 nodes. While this corresponds to a factor of 2–4 increase in node count, the overall scaling remains close to ideal at this volume, since the evaluation of deflated correlation functions is still dominated by full-size operator applications using the strategy discussed in section II. As a result, the overhead associated with the larger node count remains manageable for B64.

The situation changes dramatically for larger volumes. The B96 ensemble, with approximately five times the volume, is normally executed on 3232 GPU nodes. Scaling exact deflation to this case would require roughly five times more eigenvectors to maintain comparable performance, i.e. about 20002000 modes. Combined with the increased lattice size, this leads to a prohibitive memory footprint, namely, storing these eigenvectors would require on the order of 950950 GPUs with 64 GB memory, corresponding to at least 256256 nodes in a realistic setup. This represents an order-of-magnitude increase over the baseline node count and would severely impact both resource usage and parallel efficiency, effectively negating the computational advantage of exact LMA.

In contrast, multigrid LMA achieves a satisfactory noise reduction with significantly reduced resources. In this work, we obtain a moderate improvement for the B96 ensemble using only 54 nodes. This requires a careful retuning of the multigrid setup. In particular, standard multigrid parameters are insufficient. As in exact LMA, a large number of modes is needed to accurately capture the low-energy subspace. In the multigrid context, this is controlled by the aggregation strategy, which determines the size of the coarse grid and, thus, the dimensionality of the coarse operator relative to the fine Dirac operator.

The parameters used are summarised in table 3. Conventional multigrid preconditioning typically employs a three-level hierarchy with aggregation factors of 444^{4} between the fine and first coarse level and 242^{4} between subsequent levels (up to minor variations, as in the present case, where the lattice size 9696 favors aggregation factors of 33). For LMA, however, we find that a much finer aggregation is required. In particular, the overall aggregation between the fine and coarsest level is reduced by a factor of 2020, leading to a correspondingly larger coarse operator. Despite this, the coarse operator remains smaller than the fine operator by a factor of 4848 once spin aggregation and the use of 3232 null vectors are taken into account. On this enlarged coarse operator, we compute 60006000 low modes to construct the multigrid-based IR subspace.

Type Cycle Smoother L1 aggreg. L2 aggreg. Ncol𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\mathrm{col}} Nev𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\mathrm{ev}}
mgLMA V-cycle No 4×4×2×14{\times}4{\times}2{\times}1 2×2×2×12{\times}2{\times}2{\times}1 32 6000
Precond. K-cycle Yes 3×3×3×63{\times}3{\times}3{\times}6 2×2×2×42{\times}2{\times}2{\times}4 24 4000
Ensemble NUN_{U} Nη𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta} NηN_{\eta}
B96 490 11200 768
Table 3: Left table: comparison of the relevant AMG parameters after tuning for its application in LMA and as a preconditioner. Columns two through seven indicate ii) the multigrid cycle used, iii) whether a smoother is employed, iv) the aggregation size between the fine and first coarse level, v) the aggregation size between the first and second coarse levels, vi) the number of null vectors used (Ncol𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\mathrm{col}}) on all levels, and vii) the number of deflated modes on the coarsest level. Right table: statistics used for the results shown on the B96 ensemble in terms of the number of gauge configurations NUN_{U}, the number of stochastic sources for the improved estimator of the multigrid correlation function Nη𝖬𝖦N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}, and the number of stochastic sources for the full correlator NηN_{\eta}.

From our tests, the most critical parameter in this setup is the aggregate size, which determines the coarse lattice resolution. If the aggregates are too large, no significant noise reduction is observed, which is analogous to retaining too few low modes in standard LMA. Conversely, overly small aggregates lead to costs comparable to exact LMA, eliminating any practical advantage. A careful tuning is therefore required. By contrast, we observe only a mild dependence on the number of low modes. The choice of 6000 modes should be regarded as conservative, corresponding to the maximum number that can be accommodated without degrading performance, i.e. within the available device memory.

It is also worth noticing that the resulting multigrid setup differs substantially from the one used for preconditioning and is also significantly less efficient if used for that purpose. Therefore, we again split the production of correlation functions into two independent runs: one performed using the standard node count and the multigrid setup optimised for preconditioning, used to produce the full correlation functions CηC_{\eta}; and another using the modified setup employed for the multigrid-based correlation functions C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}} and Cη𝖬𝖦C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}_{\eta}.

Refer to caption
Figure 8: Error reduction (top panels) and gain (bottom panels) in the statistical uncertainty of the correlation functions relative to the standard stochastic estimate CηC_{\eta}. The red curves correspond to the full mgLMA-improved correlator, while the orange and green curves show the contributions of its two components, see eq. 59.

Results for this setup are shown in fig. 8, where we focus on the statistical error of the various correlators entering Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t), defined in eq. 54. The remaining two contributions are

Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)Cηres,𝖬𝖦(t)+C𝖬𝖦(t) with Cηres,𝖬𝖦(t)Cη(t)α(t)Cη𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱(t) and C𝖬𝖦(t)α(t)C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖬𝖦,𝖨𝖱(t),C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)\equiv C^{{\rm res},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)+C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}(t)\mbox{\quad with\quad}C^{{\rm res},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)\equiv C_{\eta}(t)-\alpha(t)\,C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}(t)\mbox{\quad and\quad}C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}(t)\equiv\alpha(t)\,C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t)\,, (59)

which sum to Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t). Assuming these two contributions are uncorrelated, i.e. in the regime where stochastic noise dominates, the quadratic sum of their individual errors should reproduce the statistical error of Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠,𝖬𝖦(t)C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}},{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{MG}$}}}}_{\eta}(t). This assumption holds well in all cases except at short Euclidean times, where stochastic noise saturates, and for V0(t)V0(0)\langle V_{0}(t)V_{0}(0)\rangle, which constitutes a special case due to the conserved current.

Guided by this, the number of sources (11200 vs 768) for the improved MG estimator is chosen such that its error remains smaller than that of the corresponding residual contribution. In this way, the residual term dominates the total error while maintaining a balanced computational cost for the MG component. In fig. 8, we also display the noise reduction for both the total and residual components, where the former reflects the achieved gain (about 2 in all cases), while the latter indicates the potential asymptotic improvement (about 3 in most cases) as the MG estimator error is further reduced. Within the range of stochastic sources considered here, no saturation of the MG estimator noise is observed, leaving room for further error reduction, for instance, by increasing the number of sources or by employing all-to-all estimators as in eq. 55. Regarding the latter, as can be seen in table 3, the current choice of aggregation does not coarsen in the time direction and would thus enable an efficient evaluation of the all-to-all contribution in eq. 57, provided that a fully γ\gamma-compatible (i.e., spin-diluted) multigrid setup is employed, which is not currently the case. Our findings strongly support pursuing this approach for quark bilinear correlation functions, as it would allow a substantial improvement in noise reduction (from a factor of about 2 to about 3, comparing the red and orange points in fig. 8) at significantly lower cost to compute the improved estimator, since the high-statistics multigrid correlation function would not need to be computed.

VI Results on Exact LMA for Nucleon two- and three-point functions

Returning to the exact LMA, we present and discuss results for nucleon two- and three-point correlation functions. After a brief introduction of the correlators, we examine the exact all-to-all contribution, which proves prohibitively expensive due to the large number of eigenvectors required, and thus focus on high-statistics estimates. We then report results for both two- and three-point functions, analysing the gain from LMA and its dependence on the choice of current as well as on the temporal separation.

VI.1 Nucleon two- and three-point functions with LMA

The nucleon interpolating field commonly used is

χNγ(x)=ϵabc[u(x)aT𝒞γ5d(x)b]u(x)cγ,\chi_{N}^{\gamma}(x)=\epsilon^{abc}\left[u(x)_{a}^{T}\mathcal{C}\gamma_{5}d(x)_{b}\right]u(x)_{c}^{\gamma}\,, (60)

where uu and dd are the up- and down-quark interpolating fields, 𝒞\mathcal{C} is the charge conjugation matrix and ϵ\epsilon is the totally antisymmetric Levi-Civita tensor. After performing the Wick contractions, the nucleon two-point function with generic spatial momenta 𝒑{\bf\it p}, reads as

CN(t,𝒑)\displaystyle C_{N}(t,{\bf\it p})\equiv Tr(𝒫γγχNγ(t,𝒑)χ¯Nγ(0,𝒑))\displaystyle\Tr{\mathcal{P}_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\expectationvalue{\chi_{N}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})\,\bar{\chi}_{N}^{\gamma^{\prime}}(0,{\bf\it p})}}
=𝒙,𝒚ei(𝒙𝒚)𝒑𝒫γγ𝒲αβabc𝒲αβabcSd(x,y)bbββ[Su(x,y)aaααSu(x,y)ccγγSu(x,y)acαγSu(x,y)caγα],\displaystyle=\sum_{{\bf\it x},{\bf\it y}}e^{i\left({\bf\it x}-{\bf\it y}\right)\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\mathcal{P}_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha^{\prime}\beta^{\prime}}^{a^{\prime}b^{\prime}c^{\prime}}\,S_{d}(x,y)_{bb^{\prime}}^{\beta\beta^{\prime}}\left[S_{u}(x,y)_{aa^{\prime}}^{\alpha\alpha^{\prime}}S_{u}(x,y)_{cc^{\prime}}^{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}-S_{u}(x,y)_{ac^{\prime}}^{\alpha\gamma^{\prime}}S_{u}(x,y)_{ca^{\prime}}^{\gamma\alpha^{\prime}}\right]\,, (61)

where the unpolarized positive-parity projector 𝒫\mathcal{P} and the tensor 𝒲\mathcal{W} are defined by

𝒲αβabcϵabc[𝒞γ5]αβ and 𝒫=𝟙+γ02.\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\equiv\epsilon^{abc}\,\left[\mathcal{C}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\right]_{\alpha\beta}\mbox{\quad and\quad}\mathcal{P}=\frac{\mathds{1}+\gamma_{0}}{2}\,. (62)

Inserting the LMA propagator of eq. 3 yields a purely stochastic UV contribution, an exact IR contribution, and six additional mixed IR–UV terms. As shown in appendix A, when point sources are used, the purely stochastic and mixed contributions combine to reproduce the standard correlator with the stochastic IR correlator subtracted. Consequently, eq. 6 holds, and only the IR correlator needs to be computed in addition to the standard one.

The evaluation of the exact all-to-all IR correlator turns to be computationally demanding. Here we outline the most efficient strategy we have identified. We begin by defining the Fourier-transformed contraction of three eigenvectors over colour and two spin indices,

Eijkγ(t,𝒑)=𝒙ei𝒙𝒑𝒲αβabcvi(𝒙,t)aαvj(𝒙,t)bβvk(𝒙,t)cγ,\displaystyle E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})=\sum_{{\bf\it x}}e^{i{\bf\it x}\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\,v_{i}({\bf\it x},t)_{a}^{\alpha}v_{j}({\bf\it x},t)_{b}^{\beta}v_{k}({\bf\it x},t)_{c}^{\gamma}\,, (63)

and its conjugate

Eijkγ(t,𝒑)=𝒙ei𝒙𝒑𝒲αβabcvi(𝒙,t)aαvj(𝒙,t)bβvk(𝒙,t)cγ,\displaystyle E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}=\sum_{{\bf\it x}}e^{-i{\bf\it x}\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\,v_{i}^{\dagger}({\bf\it x},t)_{a}^{\alpha}v_{j}^{\dagger}({\bf\it x},t)_{b}^{\beta}v_{k}^{\dagger}({\bf\it x},t)_{c}^{\gamma}\,, (64)

with repeated indices implicitly summed. The exact IR correlator can then be written as

CN𝖨𝖱(t,𝒑)=\displaystyle C_{N}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t,{\bf\it p})= (γ5𝒫)γγi,j,k=1Nev𝖨𝖱1λiλjλk[Eijkγ(t0+t,𝒑)Ekjiγ(t0+t,𝒑)]Eijkγ(t0,𝒑).\displaystyle\;(\gamma_{5}\mathcal{P})_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\!\!\sum_{i,j,k=1}^{N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\frac{1}{\lambda_{i}\lambda_{j}^{*}\lambda_{k}}\left[E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}-E_{kji}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}\right]E_{ijk}^{\gamma^{\prime}}(t_{0},{\bf\it p})\,. (65)

We first note that the quantity EijkγE_{ijk}^{\gamma} is symmetric under the exchange of iji\leftrightarrow j, having

Eijkγ(t,𝒑)=Ejikγ(t,𝒑)N𝖽𝗈𝖿E=(Nev𝖨𝖱)2(Nev𝖨𝖱+1)2,E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})=E_{jik}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad N^{E}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}}}=\frac{\left(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\right)^{2}(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}+1)}{2}\,, (66)

and, thus, with N𝖽𝗈𝖿EN^{E}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}}} independent entries. But this number can be further reduced by noticing that in CN𝖨𝖱C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{N} we need an antisymmetric contribution under the exchange of iki\leftrightarrow k, namely

E~ijkγ(t,𝒑)Eijkγ(t,𝒑)Ekjiγ(t,𝒑)=E~kjiγ(t,𝒑)N𝖽𝗈𝖿E~=(Nev𝖨𝖱)2(Nev𝖨𝖱1)2.\tilde{E}_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})\equiv E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})-E_{kji}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})=-\tilde{E}_{kji}^{\gamma}(t,{\bf\it p})\qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad N^{\tilde{E}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}}}=\frac{\left(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\right)^{2}(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}-1)}{2}\,. (67)

Indeed,

CN𝖨𝖱(t,𝒑)=\displaystyle C_{N}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t,{\bf\it p})= (γ5𝒫)γγi,j=1Nev𝖨𝖱k=1i1λiλjλk([Eijkγ(t0+t,𝒑)Ekjiγ(t0+t,𝒑)]Eijkγ(t0,𝒑)\displaystyle\;(\gamma_{5}\mathcal{P})_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\!\!\sum_{i,j=1}^{N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\sum_{k=1}^{i}\frac{1}{\lambda_{i}\lambda_{j}^{\star}\lambda_{k}}\Big(\big[E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}-E_{kji}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}\big]E_{ijk}^{\gamma^{\prime}}(t_{0},{\bf\it p}) (68)
+[Ekjiγ(t0+t,𝒑)Eijkγ(t0+t,𝒑)]Ekjiγ(t0,𝒑))\displaystyle\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad+\big[E_{kji}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}-E_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}\big]E_{kji}^{\gamma^{\prime}}(t_{0},{\bf\it p})\Big)
=\displaystyle= (γ5𝒫)γγi,j=1Nev𝖨𝖱k=1i1λiλjλkE~ijkγ(t0+t,𝒑)E~ijkγ(t0,𝒑).\displaystyle\;(\gamma_{5}\mathcal{P})_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\!\!\sum_{i,j=1}^{N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\sum_{k=1}^{i}\frac{1}{\lambda_{i}\lambda_{j}^{\star}\lambda_{k}}\,\tilde{E}_{ijk}^{\gamma}(t_{0}+t,{\bf\it p})^{\star}\,\tilde{E}_{ijk}^{\gamma^{\prime}}(t_{0},{\bf\it p})\,. (69)

This offers, to our knowledge, the most computationally efficient approach for all-to-all baryon correlation functions, requiring N𝖽𝗈𝖿E~N^{\tilde{E}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{dof}$}}}} contractions, but nevertheless scaling with (Nev𝖨𝖱)3\propto\left(N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\right)^{3}. This cubic scaling of the contractions renders the computational cost prohibitive for large volumes, such as the one considered in this work, where at least Nev𝖨𝖱500N_{ev}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\approx 500 are required. Indeed, as shown in fig. 9, the runtime to compute the exact IR correlators already approaches one day of wall time for Nev𝖨𝖱90N_{ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\approx 90. Thus, all-to-all correlation functions are realistically unfeasible via this approach.

Refer to caption
Figure 9: The measured (grey-blue dots) and predicted according to eq. 67 (red solid line) runtime for the exact IR correlators of eq. 69 as a function of the number of eigenvectors Nev𝖨𝖱N_{ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} on the B48 ensemble (V/a4=483×96V/a^{4}=48^{3}\times 96) on a single node.

A simple way to address this issue is to still estimate the IR contribution stochastically, but with higher precision. To this end, we adopt the same strategy used for the standard correlator, evaluating both the full correlator and the IR part from point sources, while increasing the number of sources Nxs𝖨𝖱N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{{x_{\!s}}} used for the latter. This leads to the definition

C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖨𝖱=1Nxs𝖨𝖱xsNxs𝖨𝖱Cxs𝖨𝖱(t).C_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}=\frac{1}{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}}\sum_{x_{\!s}}^{N^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}}C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}(t)\,. (70)

The resulting LMA improved correlation function is then

Cxs𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)\displaystyle C_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}(t) Cxsres(t)+C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖨𝖱(t) with Cxsres(t)Cxs(t)Cxs𝖨𝖱(t).\displaystyle\equiv C_{{x_{\!s}}}^{\mathrm{res}}(t)+C_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t)\mbox{\quad with\quad}C_{{x_{\!s}}}^{\mathrm{res}}(t)\equiv C_{{x_{\!s}}}(t)-C_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}(t)\,. (71)

We restrict ourselves to point sources, as these are the preferred choice for the computation of three-point correlation functions that we also analyse in this work. In particular, they allow one to freely inject a momentum boost at the source, and, when combined with sequential inversions through a fixed sink, enable efficient calculations of form factors and related observables. We therefore define the nucleon three-point function with momentum transfer 𝒒{\bf\it q} as

CN3pt(tins,ts;Γ,𝒫Γ,𝒒)\displaystyle C_{N}^{3pt}(t_{\rm ins},t_{s};\Gamma,\mathcal{P}^{\Gamma},{\bf\it q}) Tr(𝒫γγΓχNγ(ts,𝒑+𝒒)𝒥Γ(tins,𝒒)χ¯Nγ(0,𝒑)),\displaystyle\equiv\Tr{\mathcal{P}^{\Gamma}_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\expectationvalue{\chi_{N}^{\gamma}\left(t_{s},{\bf\it p}+{\bf\it q}\right)\,\mathcal{J}_{\Gamma}\left(t_{\rm ins},{\bf\it q}\right)\,\bar{\chi}_{N}^{\gamma^{\prime}}\left(0,{\bf\it p}\right)}}, (72)

where the current 𝒥Γ\mathcal{J}_{\Gamma} is defined by

𝒥Γ(z)=u¯(z)Γu(z)±d¯(z)Γd(z) with Γ=𝟙,γ5γμ,σμν\mathcal{J}_{\Gamma}(z)=\bar{u}(z)\Gamma u(z)\pm\bar{d}(z)\Gamma d(z)\mbox{\quad with\quad}\Gamma=\mathds{1},\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\gamma^{\mu},\sigma_{\mu\nu} (73)

corresponding to scalar, axial, and tensor operator insertions, respectively, and 𝒫Γ\mathcal{P}^{\Gamma} depends on the Dirac structure. We refer to the u+du+d combination as isoscalar and to the udu-d combination as isovector. After renormalisation and in the large-time limit, the ratio of three-point to two-point functions yields the nucleon charges gΓg_{\Gamma}

CN3pt(tins,ts;Γ)CN(ts)atinstsgΓ,\frac{C_{N}^{3pt}(t_{\rm ins},t_{s};\Gamma)}{C_{N}(t_{s})}\xrightarrow[a\ll t_{\rm ins}\ll t_{s}]{}g_{\Gamma}\,, (74)

at zero momentum transfer 𝒒=0{\bf\it q}={\bf\it 0}, and more generally, at finite 𝒒{\bf\it q}, to form factors.

VI.2 Error reduction in two- and three-point functions

To investigate the performance of LMA for baryon correlators, we generate results using the B48 and B64 ensembles (see table 1 for the simulation parameters). The maximal statistics collected are reported in table 4. Since these are test runs rather than production runs, the number of configurations is limited. However, we use production-level statistics for both the eigenvectors and the number of sources.

NUN_{U} Nev𝖨𝖱N_{\mathrm{ev}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} NxsN_{{x_{\!s}}} Nxs𝖨𝖱N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}
B48 20 1500 100 2000
B64 50 1000 100 2000
Table 4: Maximal statistics collected for the baryonic two- and three-point correlation functions using the ETMC ensembles of table 1. The second column reports the number of configurations NUN_{U}, the third the maximum number of low modes exactly deflated Nev𝖨𝖱N_{\mathrm{ev}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and used in eq. 71, the fourth and fifth the maximum number of point sources NxsN_{{x_{\!s}}} and Nxs𝖨𝖱N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} used to compute residual and

𝖨𝖱\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}

improved contribution, respectively.

In fig. 10, we present the LMA-improved nucleon effective mass for the B48 (left panel) and B64 (right panel) ensembles at maximal statistics, varying the number of eigenvectors. For the B48 ensemble, the gain saturates at approximately Nev𝖨𝖱500N_{ev}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\approx 500, which, when scaled with the physical volume, would correspond to about 1600 eigenvectors for B64. However, due to computational limitations, we restrict ourselves to a maximum of 1000 eigenvectors for the B64 ensemble, which nonetheless still yields a significant improvement. Importantly, we highlight that the saturation occurs at roughly four times more eigenvectors than in the meson case, indicating that a substantially larger number of modes is required to efficiently resolve nucleon observables compared to the corresponding mesons.

Refer to caption
Figure 10: Top: Comparison of the nucleon effective mass extracted from standard correlators (CxsC_{x_{\!s}}) and LMA-improved ones (Cxs𝖫𝖬𝖠C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}). Each colour corresponds to a different number (Nev𝖨𝖱N_{\mathrm{ev}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}) of eigenvectors used for the infrared part. Bottom: Error gain (see eq. 39) of the effective mass at each time slice for the B48 (left) and B64 (right) ensembles.

Based on this observation for the B64 ensemble, we study LMA-improved three-point functions using NevIR=1000N_{ev}^{\mathrm{IR}}=1000. We consider source–sink time separations ts/a=t_{s}/a{=}16 and 24, corresponding to ts=t_{s}{=}1.3 fm and 1.9 fm, respectively. While essentially no improvement is observed at the smallest separation, a clear reduction in statistical noise emerges at the largest one. In fig. 11, we compare the standard and LMA-improved ratios of three- to two-point functions at ts/a=t_{s}/a{=}24 that lead to the isoscalar axial charge. In the improved case, we observe a reduction of the statistical uncertainty by approximately a factor of 2.5 in the plateau region, with an even larger improvement in the corresponding plateau fit result. The infrared and residual contributions, shown separately in Fig. fig. 11, exhibit comparable statistical uncertainties. This indicates that the chosen number of eigenmodes achieves an approximately optimal balance between the infrared and residual sectors. Further reduction of only one component would therefore lead to diminishing returns, as the total uncertainty would become dominated by the other.

Refer to caption
Figure 11: Top: Comparison between the standard (grey-blue points) and LMA-improved (dark-violet points) ratios of three- to two-point functions (see eq. 71) for the nucleon isoscalar axial current at ts=24t_{s}=24. The improved infrared (light-green points) and residual (yellow points) contributions are also shown. The horizontal dashed line and bands represent the plateau fit results for the two datasets. Bottom: Error gain at each time slice (red points), with the dashed horizontal line indicating the gain of the fitted result.

VI.3 Computational gain of LMA in nucleon three-point functions

We now quantify the efficiency of the LMA procedure for baryons by taking computational costs into account. To this end, we define the cost ratio

R𝒞𝒞𝗌𝗍𝖽𝒞𝖫𝖬𝖠=Nxs𝒞xsNxs𝒞xs+Nxs𝖨𝖱𝒞xs𝖨𝖱=[1+𝒞xs𝖨𝖱𝒞xsNxs𝖨𝖱Nxs]1 with Nxs𝖨𝖱>Nxs and 𝒞xs𝖨𝖱<𝒞xs,R_{\mathrm{\mathcal{C}}}\equiv\dfrac{\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}}}}{\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}}=\cfrac{N_{{x_{\!s}}}\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}}}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}}+N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}}=\left[1+\frac{\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}}{\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}}}\cdot\frac{N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}}\right]^{-1}\mbox{\quad with\quad}N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}>N_{{x_{\!s}}}\mbox{\quad and\quad}\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}<\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}}\,, (75)

where 𝒞xs\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}} and 𝒞xs𝖨𝖱\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}} denote the per-source costs of computing the standard correlator and its infrared component, respectively. In this expression, we neglect the cost associated with the computation of eigenvectors, assuming that it is amortised over their reuse in multiple observables. Consequently, it does not enter the cost comparison for a single measurement. The ratio, therefore, depends only on the relative cost of constructing the two correlator contributions. While the contraction costs are identical, the propagator part is significantly cheaper in the IR case, since it is directly computed from the known eigenvectors. In our numerical estimates, based on our costs, we take 𝒞xs𝖨𝖱/𝒞xs=0.2\mathcal{C}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{{x_{\!s}}}/\mathcal{C}_{{x_{\!s}}}=0.2, i.e. the standard correlator is assumed to be five times more expensive than the IR component per source.

Next, we define the error gain as

G(t)Err[C𝗌𝗍𝖽(t)]Err[C𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)]Var[Cxs(t)]NxsVar[Cxs𝗋𝖾𝗌(t)]Nxs+Var[Cxs𝖨𝖱(t)]Nxs𝖨𝖱,G_{\mathcal{E}}(t)\equiv\frac{{\rm Err}[C^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{std}$}}}}(t)]}{{\rm Err}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}(t)]}\simeq\sqrt{\cfrac{\dfrac{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}(t)]}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}}}{\dfrac{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}}}(t)]}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}}+\dfrac{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}}}}\,, (76)

assuming that the stochastic noise, i.e., the variance between independent point sources, dominates over gauge noise. Furthermore, assuming that the infrared and residual contributions are weakly correlated,

Var[Cxs(t)]=Var[Cxs𝖨𝖱(t)]+Var[Cxs𝗋𝖾𝗌(t)], we obtain G2(t)[1Var[Cxs𝖨𝖱(t)]Var[Cxs(t)]Nxs𝖨𝖱NxsNxs𝖨𝖱]1.{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}(t)]={\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]+{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{res}$}}}}(t)]\,,\quad\mbox{\quad we obtain\quad}G^{2}_{\mathcal{E}}(t)\simeq\left[1-\frac{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]}{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}(t)]}\cdot\frac{N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}-N_{{x_{\!s}}}}{N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}}\right]^{-1}\,. (77)

The error gain is therefore controlled by the ratio Var[Cxs𝖨𝖱(t)]/Var[Cxs(t)]{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t)]/{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}(t)], and is consequently time-dependent, observable-dependent, and sensitive to the number of eigenvectors included in the infrared sector. By analysing G2(t)G^{2}_{\mathcal{E}}(t) in our data as a function of Nxs𝖨𝖱N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} fixing NxsN_{{x_{\!s}}} to the largest available statistics, we extract this ratio for several nucleon charges at ts/a=16t_{s}/a=16 and 24. The results are reported in table 5, showing that the error gain almost saturates at 100% for certain charges at ts/a=24t_{s}/a=24, while it is much reduced for other charges or at shorter distances.

In the regime where stochastic noise dominates over gauge noise, G2(t)G^{2}_{\mathcal{E}}(t) represents directly the increase in statistics required to achieve the same precision using the standard approach. This allows us to quantify the overall computational gain as

G𝒞(Nxs,Nxs𝖨𝖱)=G2(Nxs,Nxs𝖨𝖱)R𝒞(Nxs,Nxs𝖨𝖱).G_{\mathcal{C}}\left(N_{{x_{\!s}}},N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)=G_{\mathcal{E}}^{2}\left(N_{{x_{\!s}}},N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)\cdot R_{\mathcal{C}}\left(N_{{x_{\!s}}},N_{{x_{\!s}}}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)\,. (78)
Var[Cxs𝖨𝖱(ts)]Var[Cxs(ts)]\frac{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(t_{s})]}{{\rm Var}[C_{x_{\!s}}(t_{s})]} gAudg_{A}^{u-d} gAu+dg_{A}^{u+d} gSudg_{S}^{u-d} gSu+dg_{S}^{u+d} gTudg_{T}^{u-d} gTu+dg_{T}^{u+d}
ts/a=16t_{s}/a=16 50.7% 42.3% 78.5% 82.7% 32.6% 23.4%
ts/a=24t_{s}/a=24 87.6% 99.2% 99.0% 99.8% 55.5% 71.5%
Table 5: Percentage contribution of the IR correlation variance to the total correlation variance for the various three-point functions entering the charge determinations reported in the different columns, evaluated at ts/a=16t_{s}/a=16 and 24 with tins=ts/2t_{\rm ins}=t_{s}/2.
Refer to caption
Figure 12: The cost-gain G𝒞G_{\mathcal{C}} of eq. 78 for the isovector (left panels) and isoscalar (right panels) combination of gSg_{S}. In the top panels, the source-sink time separation is fixed at ts/a=16t_{s}/a=16, while in the bottom panels, it is ts/a=24t_{s}/a=24. The blue dashed lines indicate relative error thresholds.

We analyse this gain for the three-point correlation functions of axial, scalar, and tensor operator insertions, considering both isovector and isoscalar contributions. In fig. 12, we present the cost-gain defined in eq. 78 for the scalar operator at source-sink separations ts=16t_{s}=16 and ts=24t_{s}=24. As expected, we find that the cost-gain increases with increasing tst_{s}, while, conversely, the statistical precision at fixed NxsN_{{x_{\!s}}} and NxsIRN_{{x_{\!s}}}^{\mathrm{IR}} deteriorates. The corresponding results for the axial and tensor operators are shown in fig. 13 only for ts/a=24t_{s}/a=24. In these cases, the cost-gain is reduced compared to the scalar insertion, indicating that the efficiency gain is observable-dependent. In all cases, the isoscalar combination exhibits the most pronounced improvement with respect to the isovector one.

Refer to caption
Figure 13: The cost-gain G𝒞G_{\mathcal{C}} of eq. 78 for the isovector (left panels) and isoscalar (right panels) combination of gAg_{A} (top panels) and gTg_{T} (bottom panels) at source-sink time separation ts/a=24t_{s}/a=24.The blue dashed lines indicate relative error thresholds.

VII Conclusions

In this work, we have demonstrated that low-mode averaging (LMA) on physical-point ensembles yields a consistent noise reduction by a factor of three to five relative to standard stochastic estimators at large source–sink time separations for observables dominated by stochastic noise. This improvement translates into an order-of-magnitude reduction in the required statistics and, when setup and solver costs are taken into account, to a substantial overall decrease in computational expense.

At the same time, the magnitude of the gain and the optimal implementation of LMA are strongly observable dependent. In addition, they depend on the lattice physical volume and, potentially, on the quark mass, although the latter was not explored here, as all results are obtained at the physical point. Consequently, systematic tuning is required for each application. In particular, we find that baryonic correlators require significantly more low modes than mesonic ones. Furthermore, different operators benefit to varying degrees, and the choice between multigrid-based and exact LMA depends sensitively on the cost–benefit balance for a given setup, especially after accounting for volume scaling and memory constraints.

Beyond these numerical results, which are necessarily tied to the specific setup of our calculations and therefore partly qualitative, we emphasise three general conclusions of this work:

  • As presented in section II, and extended to the multigrid formulation in section V, we motivate the application of LMA based on the generic estimator

    Cη𝖫𝖬𝖠(t)Cη(t)+α(t)(C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖨𝖱(t)Cη𝖨𝖱(t)) with α(t)=Cov[Cη(t),Cη𝖨𝖱(t)]Var[Cη𝖨𝖱(t)].C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{\eta}(t)\equiv C_{\eta}(t)+\alpha(t)\Big(C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}}(t)-C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)\Big)\mbox{\quad with\quad}\alpha(t)=\frac{{\rm Cov}[C_{\eta}(t),C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}{{\rm Var}[C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}(t)]}\,. (79)

    Here, CηC_{\eta} denotes the standard stochastic correlator, Cη𝖨𝖱C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta} the corresponding correlator with propagators restricted to the IR sector, and C𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋.𝖨𝖱C^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{impr.}$}}}} an improved estimator of the same IR contribution, ideally computed all-to-all or, more generally, at higher statistics. The control-variate coefficient α(t)\alpha(t) becomes essential whenever eq. 6 is not satisfied, and in particular in the multigrid LMA setup, where evaluating correlators on a coarser grid modifies their normalisation and must be accounted for. Alternatively, one may set α(t)=1\alpha(t)=1. This formulation offers several computational advantages, which are discussed in section II.1.

  • As presented in section III, the spectrum of the massless Wilson operator is analysed, demonstrating a very smooth and stable spectrum for the considered physical quark mass ensembles. From chiral perturbation theory relations, the chiral condensate is extracted in the chiral limit for Nf=2+1+1N_{f}{=}2{+}1{+}1 at a renormalisation scale of 2 GeV, with the result given in eq. 29. From its pion-mass dependence, we also determine the low-energy constant h¯1\bar{h}_{1} in two-flavour chiral perturbation theory for the first time from lattice QCD, with the corresponding value reported in eq. 30.

  • As also discussed in section III, the twisted-mass fermion discretisation exhibits particularly useful properties for the application of LMA. In this formulation, the spectrum depends trivially on the quark mass, since the operator at any mass value shares exactly the same eigenvectors. This allows us to predict the mass dependence of the spectrum straightforwardly and, crucially, to reuse the same eigenvectors for propagators at arbitrary quark masses. As a result, the cost of computing the IR component of correlation functions can be significantly reduced: once the necessary eigenvector inner products have been computed, they can be recombined with different eigenvalues without additional eigenvector calculations. A disadvantage, however, is that computing eigenvectors numerically at heavy quark mass requires essentially the same effort as at light quark mass, since in both cases one is effectively computing the eigenvectors of the same massless Wilson operator. This issue has also been identified previously in the context of multigrid solvers, where twisted-mass fermions were found to be unique compared to Wilson fermions because of the severe ill-conditioning of the coarse operator. Twisted-mass fermions therefore provide both an advantageous setup for LMA and a distinctive framework to which it is difficult to extend conclusions about the applicability of LMA made for other discretisations.

Acknowledgments

We thank the QUDA developers, in particular Kate Clark and Evan Weinberg, for useful discussions on the multigrid preconditioning software. We thank all members of the ETM Collaboration for the most enjoyable collaboration. We thank in particular Giuseppe Gagliardi, Marco Garofalo, and Bartosz Kostrzewa for the exchange of ideas, technical info and feedback that were valuable in developing the LMA methodology within the framework of the ETMC g2g{-}2 project. We also thank Johan Bijens for providing references and comments on h¯1\bar{h}_{1}.

C. A and A. E, and S. B. acknowledge, respectively, support from the projects EXCELLENCE/0524/0459 (IMAGE-N) and EXCELLENCE/0524/0017 (MuonHVP), co-financed by the European Regional Development Fund and the Republic of Cyprus through the Research and Innovation Foundation within the framework of the Cohesion Policy Programme “THALIA 2021-2027”. R. F. and F. M. are supported by the Italian Ministry of University and Research (MUR) under the grant PNRR-M4C2-I1.1-PRIN 2022-PE2 Non-perturbative aspects of fundamental interactions, in the Standard Model and beyond F53D23001480006 funded by E.U.- NextGenerationEU. F. S. is supported by ICSC – Centro Nazionale di Ricerca in High Performance Computing, Big Data and Quantum Computing, funded by European Union -NextGenerationEU and by Italian Ministry of University and Research (MUR) project FIS 00001556. C.S. is supported under the AQTIVATE EJD from the European Union’s research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Doctoral Networks action and Grant Agreement No 101072344. We gratefully acknowledge CINECA and the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking for granting access to the Leonardo Supercomputer. Computing time on Leonardo Booster was allocated through the Extreme Scale Access Call (grant EHPC-EXT-2024E01-027), and additional GPU resources were provided under the INFN-LQCD123 initiative. We acknowledge the Swiss National Supercomputing Centre (CSCS) access to Alps through the Chronos programme under project ID CH15. The authors gratefully acknowledge the Gauss Centre for Supercomputing e.V. (www.gauss-centre.eu) for funding this project by providing computing time on the GCS Supercomputer JUWELS [54] at Jülich Supercomputing Centre (JSC).

Appendix A Demonstration of validity of eq. 6 for the correlation functions considered in this work

A.1 Quark loops

Consider a generic quark loop of the form

L(t,p,Γ)=Tr[T𝒒tΓS],L(t,\vec{p},\Gamma)=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it q}}^{t}\,\Gamma\,S\right]\,, (80)

where T𝒒tT_{{\bf\it q}}^{t}\, projects onto a momentum boost 𝒒{\bf\it q} and time-slice tt and Γ\Gamma is an arbitrary Dirac matrix. In this case, the validity of eq. 6 is immediate, but already illustrates the mechanism at work. Indeed, since for quark loops the observable depends linearly on the propagator, employing Sη𝖫𝖬𝖠S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{\eta} from eq. 5 into eq. 80 and exploiting the linearity of the trace immediately yields

Lη𝖫𝖬𝖠=LηLη𝖨𝖱+L𝖨𝖱,L_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}=L_{\eta}-L_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}+L^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,, (81)

which is eq. 6 applied to eq. 80. Here, each loop on the right-hand side is computed as the trace of the corresponding propagator SηS_{\eta}, Sη𝖨𝖱S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}, or S𝖨𝖱S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}.

A.2 Meson two-point correlation functions with stochastic sources

Consider a generic meson two-point correlation function, computed using a backwards-running propagator via the γ5\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}-hermiticity, S=γ5Sγ5S=\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}S^{\dagger}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}444In the case of TM fermions, one needs to recall that γ5Srγ5=Sr\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}S^{\dagger}_{r}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}=S_{-r}, where r=±1r=\pm 1 is the Wilson parameter. , defined as

M(t1,t2,𝒑1,𝒑2,Γ1,Γ2)=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2ST𝒑1t1Γ1γ5S].M(t_{1},t_{2},{\bf\it p_{1}},{\bf\it p_{2}},\Gamma_{1},\Gamma_{2})=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\Gamma_{2}\,S\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,S^{\dagger}\right]\,. (82)

Then if HηH_{\eta} satisfies

HηHη=Hη,Hη=Hη, and [Hη,T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5]=0,H_{\eta}H_{\eta}=H_{\eta}\;,\qquad H_{\eta}^{\dagger}=H_{\eta}\;,\mbox{\quad and\quad}[H_{\eta},T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}]=0\,, (83)

which holds for commonly used spin- and time(t1t_{1})-diluted stochastic sources (or point sources), then the two-point function read as

Mη𝖫𝖬𝖠=MηMη𝖨𝖱+M𝖨𝖱.M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}=M_{\eta}-M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}+M^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,. (84)

Proof

Using eq. 3 and eq. 4, we write Mη𝖫𝖬𝖠M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}} and MηM_{\eta} explicitly in terms of the IR, UV parts and mixed terms, namely

Mη𝖫𝖬𝖠=\displaystyle M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}}= Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(S𝖨𝖱)]+Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]+\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]
+\displaystyle+ Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]+Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(S𝖨𝖱)]\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]+\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right] (85)
Mη=\displaystyle M_{\eta}= Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖨𝖱)]+Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]+\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]
+\displaystyle+ Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]+Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖨𝖱)].\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]+\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\,. (86)

where we recognise in each separately the two pure IR terms M𝖨𝖱M^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}, Mη𝖨𝖱M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}} and a common purely UV term Mη𝖴𝖵M_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}, namely

M𝖨𝖱Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(S𝖨𝖱)]Mη𝖨𝖱Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖨𝖱)]Mη𝖴𝖵Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]\begin{split}M^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}&\equiv\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\\ M^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}&\equiv\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\\ M^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}&\equiv\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\end{split} (87)

From these definitions, eq. 84 follows, if the mixed terms are equal to each other, namely

Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(S𝖨𝖱)]=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖴𝖵T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖨𝖱)],\begin{split}&\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\\ &\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\,,\end{split} (88)

where on the left we have S𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}} and on the right Sη𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{\eta}. These equalities hold, and we show them explicitly for the first one, with the second following similarly. This then concludes our proof. Indeed,

Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵Hη)]\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}H_{\eta}\right)^{\dagger}\right]
=\displaystyle= Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2S𝖨𝖱HηT𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)]=Tr[T𝒑2t2γ5Γ2Sη𝖨𝖱T𝒑1t1Γ1γ5(Sη𝖴𝖵)],\displaystyle\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}H_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]=\Tr\left[T_{{\bf\it p_{2}}}^{t_{2}}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\,\Gamma_{2}\,S^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\eta}\,T_{{\bf\it p_{1}}}^{t_{1}}\,\Gamma_{1}\,\gamma_{\scalebox{0.9}{$\scriptstyle 5$}}\left(S_{\eta}^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}}\right)^{\dagger}\right]\,, (89)

where, in the first equality, we relied on the fact that HηH_{\eta} is idempotent. In the second equality, we used that Hη=HηH_{\eta}=H_{\eta}^{\dagger} by construction and that spin-and time-diluted sources are used, thus commuting with the other terms. These are indeed the properties we have requested the stochastic sources to satisfy in eq. 83. If these are not satisfied, e.g., if the source is not spin-diluted, then eq. 6 would not hold.

A.3 Baryon two-point correlation functions with point sources

The final example we consider is a baryon two-point correlation function, for which we show that eq. 6 holds when point sources are employed.

For simplicity, we consider a baryon correlation function of the form

B(tx,ty,𝒑,𝒫,𝒲)=𝒙,𝒚ei(𝒙𝒚)𝒑𝒫γγ𝒲αβabc𝒲αβabcS(x,y)aaααS(x,y)bbββS(x,y)ccγγ,\displaystyle B(t_{x},t_{y},{\bf\it p},\mathcal{P},\mathcal{W})=\sum_{{\bf\it x},{\bf\it y}}e^{i\left({\bf\it x}-{\bf\it y}\right)\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\mathcal{P}_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha^{\prime}\beta^{\prime}}^{a^{\prime}b^{\prime}c^{\prime}}\,S(x,y)_{aa^{\prime}}^{\alpha\alpha^{\prime}}S(x,y)_{bb^{\prime}}^{\beta\beta^{\prime}}S(x,y)_{cc^{\prime}}^{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\,, (90)

where 𝒫\mathcal{P} denotes a projector and 𝒲\mathcal{W} is antisymmetric in both spin and colour indices. For a positive-parity spin-1/21/2 baryon, these tensors take the form given in eq. 62.

We emphasise that eq. 90 is not completely generic. In particular, after performing the Wick contractions, additional terms involving different index orderings and quark-flavour structures may arise, as in the nucleon interpolator of eq. 61. Nevertheless, the expression above is sufficiently representative for discussing the validity of eq. 6. We also note that at the moment, we have not yet employed stochastic sources or point sources.

Let us now discuss the effect of employing Sxs𝖫𝖬𝖠=Sxs𝖴𝖵+S𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}=S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}+S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}} into eq. 90, where the UV part is computed using a point-source with coordinates xs{x_{\!s}}. This will then produce eight contracted terms built from the following sets of quark propagators,

C1(S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱),C2,3,4(S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵),C5,6,7(S𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵,Sxs𝖴𝖵), or C8(Sxs𝖴𝖵,Sxs𝖴𝖵,Sxs𝖴𝖵).C_{1}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}})\,,\qquad C_{2,3,4}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\,,\qquad C_{5,6,7}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\,,\mbox{\quad or\quad}C_{8}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\,. (91)

The fully point-source correlation function, i.e. where Sxs=Sxs𝖴𝖵+Sxs𝖨𝖱S_{x_{\!s}}=S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}+S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}} is used, has exactly the same structure, whereas S𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}} is replaced by Sxs𝖨𝖱S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}. Thus, to demonstrate that eq. 6 holds for baryon correlation functions, namely

Bxs𝖫𝖬𝖠=BxsBxs𝖨𝖱+B𝖨𝖱 with Bxs𝖨𝖱=C1(Sxs𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖨𝖱) and B𝖨𝖱=C1(S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱),B^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{LMA}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}=B_{x_{\!s}}-B^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}+B^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}\mbox{\quad with\quad}B^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}=C_{1}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\mbox{\quad and\quad}B^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}=C_{1}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}})\,, (92)

we need to proceed similarly to the meson case, showing that the mixed IR–UV terms are the same in both cases, namely

Ci(Sxs𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵)=Ci(S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵) and Ci(Sxs𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵,Sxs𝖴𝖵)=Ci(S𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵,Sxs𝖴𝖵).C_{i}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})=C_{i}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\mbox{\quad and\quad}C_{i}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})=C_{i}(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})\,. (93)

This is straightforward to show because the presence of at least one point source makes the sum over source coordinates collapse to a single point in any of such contractions. Let us show it explicitly for one case, considering e.g.

C(S𝖨𝖱,S𝖨𝖱,Sxs𝖴𝖵)=𝒙,𝒚ei(𝒙𝒚)𝒑𝒫γγ𝒲αβabc𝒲αβabcS𝖨𝖱(x,y)aaααS𝖨𝖱(x,y)bbββSxs𝖴𝖵(x,y)ccγγ.C(S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}},S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}})=\sum_{{\bf\it x},{\bf\it y}}e^{i\left({\bf\it x}-{\bf\it y}\right)\cdot{\bf\it p}}\,\mathcal{P}_{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha\beta}^{abc}\,\mathcal{W}_{\alpha^{\prime}\beta^{\prime}}^{a^{\prime}b^{\prime}c^{\prime}}\,S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(x,y)_{aa^{\prime}}^{\alpha\alpha^{\prime}}S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}(x,y)_{bb^{\prime}}^{\beta\beta^{\prime}}S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}(x,y)_{cc^{\prime}}^{\gamma\gamma^{\prime}}\,. (94)

Since Sxs𝖴𝖵(x,y)S^{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{UV}$}}}_{x_{\!s}}(x,y) is non-zero only at y=xsy=x_{s}, then the sum over 𝒚{\bf\it y} collapses to the coordinate xsx_{s} for all propagators, yielding to the equality above.

References

  • [1] C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, J. Finkenrath, C. Iona, G. Koutsou, Y. Li, and G. Spanoudes (2025) Nucleon charges and σ\sigma-terms in lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 111 (5), pp. 054505. External Links: 2412.01535, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [2] C. Alexandrou et al. (2021) Quark masses using twisted-mass fermion gauge ensembles. Phys. Rev. D 104 (7), pp. 074515. External Links: 2104.13408, Document Cited by: Figure 3, §III.4, §III.4.
  • [3] C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, M. Constantinou, J. Finkenrath, R. Frezzotti, B. Kostrzewa, G. Koutsou, G. Spanoudes, and C. Urbach (2024) Nucleon axial and pseudoscalar form factors using twisted-mass fermion ensembles at the physical point. Phys. Rev. D 109 (3), pp. 034503. External Links: 2309.05774, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [4] C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, J. Finkenrath, A. Frommer, K. Kahl, and M. Rottmann (2016) Adaptive Aggregation-based Domain Decomposition Multigrid for Twisted Mass Fermions. Phys. Rev. D 94 (11), pp. 114509. External Links: 1610.02370, Document Cited by: §I, 3rd item, 3rd item, item LMA requires static operators, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [5] C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, and J. Finkenrath (2019) Multigrid approach in shifted linear systems for the non-degenerated twisted mass operator. Comput. Phys. Commun. 236, pp. 51–64. External Links: 1805.09584, Document Cited by: §I, 3rd item.
  • [6] C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, G. Koutsou, B. Prasad, and G. Spanoudes (2025-07) Proton and neutron electromagnetic form factors from lattice QCD in the continuum limit. External Links: 2507.20910 Cited by: §I.
  • [7] C. Alexandrou et al. (2018) Simulating twisted mass fermions at physical light, strange and charm quark masses. Phys. Rev. D 98 (5), pp. 054518. External Links: 1807.00495, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [8] C. Alexandrou et al. (2023) Probing the Energy-Smeared R Ratio Using Lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. Lett. 130 (24), pp. 241901. External Links: 2212.08467, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [9] C. Alexandrou et al. (2024) Inclusive Hadronic Decay Rate of the τ\tau Lepton from Lattice QCD: The u¯s Flavor Channel and the Cabibbo Angle. Phys. Rev. Lett. 132 (26), pp. 261901. External Links: 2403.05404, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [10] G. Amoros, J. Bijnens, and P. Talavera (2000) Two point functions at two loops in three flavor chiral perturbation theory. Nucl. Phys. B 568, pp. 319–363. External Links: hep-ph/9907264, Document Cited by: §III.4.
  • [11] Y. Aoki et al. (2022) FLAG Review 2021. Eur. Phys. J. C 82 (10), pp. 869. External Links: 2111.09849, Document Cited by: Figure 3.
  • [12] Y. Aoki et al. (2026) FLAG review 2024. Phys. Rev. D 113 (1), pp. 014508. External Links: 2411.04268, Document Cited by: §I, §III.4.
  • [13] R. Babich, J. Brannick, R. C. Brower, M. A. Clark, T. A. Manteuffel, S. F. McCormick, J. C. Osborn, and C. Rebbi (2010) Adaptive multigrid algorithm for the lattice Wilson-Dirac operator. Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, pp. 201602. External Links: 1005.3043, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [14] R. Babich, M. A. Clark, B. Joo, G. Shi, R. C. Brower, and S. Gottlieb (2011-09) Scaling lattice QCD beyond 100 GPUs. In International Conference for High Performance Computing, Networking, Storage and Analysis, External Links: 1109.2935, Document Cited by: §V.4.
  • [15] S. Bacchio, C. Alexandrou, and J. Finkerath (2018) Multigrid accelerated simulations for Twisted Mass fermions. EPJ Web Conf. 175, pp. 02002. External Links: 1710.06198, Document Cited by: §I, 3rd item.
  • [16] S. Bacchio, A. De Santis, A. Evangelista, R. Frezzotti, G. Gagliardi, M. Garofalo, L. Maio, F. Margari, F. Pittler, and S. Romiti (2026-03) An update on the HVP contribution to gμ2g_{\mu}{-}2 in isoQCD from ETMC. In 42th International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, External Links: 2603.03120 Cited by: §I, §IV.
  • [17] G. S. Bali, S. Collins, S. Heybrock, M. Löffler, R. Rödl, W. Söldner, and S. Weishäupl (2023) Octet baryon isovector charges from Nf=2+1 lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 108 (3), pp. 034512. External Links: 2305.04717, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [18] G. S. Bali, S. Collins, and A. Schafer (2010) Effective noise reduction techniques for disconnected loops in Lattice QCD. Comput. Phys. Commun. 181, pp. 1570–1583. External Links: 0910.3970, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [19] T. Banks and A. Casher (1980) Chiral Symmetry Breaking in Confining Theories. Nucl. Phys. B 169, pp. 103–125. External Links: Document Cited by: §III.2, §III.2, §III.4, §III.
  • [20] A. Bazavov et al. (2025) Hadronic Vacuum Polarization for the Muon g-2 from Lattice QCD: Long-Distance and Full Light-Quark Connected Contribution. Phys. Rev. Lett. 135 (1), pp. 011901. External Links: 2412.18491, Document Cited by: §I, §I.
  • [21] J. Bijnens (2026) Private communication. Cited by: §III.4.
  • [22] T. Blum, T. Izubuchi, and E. Shintani (2013) New class of variance-reduction techniques using lattice symmetries. Phys. Rev. D 88 (9), pp. 094503. External Links: 1208.4349, Document Cited by: §I, §II.1.
  • [23] A. Boccaletti et al. (2026) Hybrid calculation of hadronic vacuum polarization in muon g - 2 to 0.48%. Nature 653 (8114), pp. 373–377. External Links: 2407.10913, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [24] C. Bonanno, F. D’Angelo, and M. D’Elia (2023) The chiral condensate of Nf = 2 + 1 QCD from the spectrum of the staggered Dirac operator. JHEP 11, pp. 013. External Links: 2308.01303, Document Cited by: Figure 3.
  • [25] Sz. Borsanyi et al. (2021) Leading hadronic contribution to the muon magnetic moment from lattice QCD. Nature 593 (7857), pp. 51–55. External Links: 2002.12347, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [26] J. Brannick, R. C. Brower, M. A. Clark, J. C. Osborn, and C. Rebbi (2008) Adaptive Multigrid Algorithm for Lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. Lett. 100, pp. 041601. External Links: 0707.4018, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [27] J. Brannick, A. Frommer, K. Kahl, B. Leder, M. Rottmann, and A. Strebel (2016) Multigrid Preconditioning for the Overlap Operator in Lattice QCD. Numer. Math. 132 (3), pp. 463–490. External Links: 1410.7170, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [28] R. C. Brower, M. A. Clark, D. Howarth, and E. S. Weinberg (2020) Multigrid for chiral lattice fermions: Domain wall. Phys. Rev. D 102 (9), pp. 094517. External Links: 2004.07732, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [29] R. C. Brower, M. A. Clark, A. Strelchenko, and E. Weinberg (2018) Multigrid algorithm for staggered lattice fermions. Phys. Rev. D 97 (11), pp. 114513. External Links: 1801.07823, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [30] S. Christian and W. Detmold (2025) Aspects of propagator sparsening in lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 111 (11), pp. 114514. External Links: 2501.05404, Document Cited by: item Contraction costs for all-to-all correlation functions scale with (Nev𝖨𝖱)n(N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev})^{n}.
  • [31] M. A. Clark, R. Babich, K. Barros, R. C. Brower, and C. Rebbi (2010) Solving Lattice QCD systems of equations using mixed precision solvers on GPUs. Comput. Phys. Commun. 181, pp. 1517–1528. External Links: 0911.3191, Document Cited by: §V.4.
  • [32] M. A. Clark, B. Joó, A. Strelchenko, M. Cheng, A. Gambhir, and Richard. C. Brower (2016-12) Accelerating lattice QCD multigrid on GPUs using fine-grained parallelization. In International Conference for High Performance Computing, Networking, Storage and Analysis, External Links: 1612.07873, Document Cited by: §V.4.
  • [33] A. De Santis et al. (2025) Inclusive semileptonic decays of the Ds meson: A first-principles lattice QCD calculation. Phys. Rev. D 112 (5), pp. 054503. External Links: 2504.06063, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [34] T. A. DeGrand and S. Schaefer (2004) Improving meson two point functions in lattice QCD. Comput. Phys. Commun. 159, pp. 185–191. External Links: hep-lat/0401011, Document Cited by: §I, §III.
  • [35] T. A. DeGrand and S. Schaefer (2005) Chiral properties of two-flavor QCD in small volume and at large lattice spacing. Phys. Rev. D 72, pp. 054503. External Links: hep-lat/0506021, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [36] W. Detmold, D. J. Murphy, A. V. Pochinsky, M. J. Savage, P. E. Shanahan, and M. L. Wagman (2021) Sparsening algorithm for multihadron lattice QCD correlation functions. Phys. Rev. D 104 (3), pp. 034502. External Links: 1908.07050, Document Cited by: item Contraction costs for all-to-all correlation functions scale with (Nev𝖨𝖱)n(N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev})^{n}.
  • [37] D. Djukanovic, G. von Hippel, J. Koponen, H. B. Meyer, K. Ottnad, T. Schulz, and H. Wittig (2022) Isovector axial form factor of the nucleon from lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 106 (7), pp. 074503. External Links: 2207.03440, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [38] D. Djukanovic, G. von Hippel, S. Kuberski, H. B. Meyer, N. Miller, K. Ottnad, J. Parrino, A. Risch, and H. Wittig (2025) The hadronic vacuum polarization contribution to the muon g - 2 at long distances. JHEP 04, pp. 098. External Links: 2411.07969, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [39] D. Djukanovic, G. von Hippel, H. B. Meyer, K. Ottnad, M. Salg, and H. Wittig (2024) Electromagnetic form factors of the nucleon from Nf=2+1 lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 109 (9), pp. 094510. External Links: 2309.06590, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [40] D. Djukanovic, G. von Hippel, H. B. Meyer, K. Ottnad, and H. Wittig (2024) Improved analysis of isovector nucleon matrix elements with Nf=2+1 flavors of O(a) improved Wilson fermions. Phys. Rev. D 109 (7), pp. 074507. External Links: 2402.03024, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [41] A. Evangelista, R. Frezzotti, N. Tantalo, G. Gagliardi, F. Sanfilippo, S. Simula, and V. Lubicz (2023) Inclusive hadronic decay rate of the τ\tau lepton from lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 108 (7), pp. 074513. External Links: 2308.03125, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [42] J. Finkenrath, C. Alexandrou, S. Bacchio, P. Charalambous, P. Dimopoulos, R. Frezzotti, K. Jansen, B. Kostrzewa, G. Rossi, and C. Urbach (2018) Simulation of an ensemble of Nf=2+1+1N_{f}=2+1+1 twisted mass clover-improved fermions at physical quark masses. EPJ Web Conf. 175, pp. 02003. External Links: 1712.09579, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [43] R. Frezzotti, P. A. Grassi, S. Sint, and P. Weisz (2001) Lattice QCD with a chirally twisted mass term. JHEP 08, pp. 058. External Links: Document, hep-lat/0101001 Cited by: §III.1.
  • [44] A. Frommer, K. Kahl, S. Krieg, B. Leder, and M. Rottmann (2013-07) An adaptive aggregation based domain decomposition multilevel method for the lattice wilson dirac operator: multilevel results. External Links: 1307.6101 Cited by: §I.
  • [45] A. Frommer, J. Jimenez-Merchan, F. Knechtli, T. Korzec, and G. Ramirez-Hidalgo (2025-09) Using orthogonal projectors in multigrid multilevel Monte Carlo for trace estimation in lattice QCD. External Links: 2509.11424 Cited by: §I.
  • [46] A. Frommer, K. Kahl, S. Krieg, B. Leder, and M. Rottmann (2014) Adaptive Aggregation-Based Domain Decomposition Multigrid for the Lattice Wilson–Dirac Operator. SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 36 (4), pp. A1581–A1608. External Links: 1303.1377, Document Cited by: §I, item Different hyper-parameters and tuning, §V.
  • [47] A. Frommer, M. N. Khalil, and G. Ramirez-Hidalgo (2022) A Multilevel Approach to Variance Reduction in the Stochastic Estimation of the Trace of a Matrix. SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 44 (4), pp. A2536–A2556. External Links: 2108.11281, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [48] J. Gasser and H. Leutwyler (1984) Chiral Perturbation Theory to One Loop. Annals Phys. 158, pp. 142. External Links: Document Cited by: §III.4, §III.4.
  • [49] L. Giusti, P. Hernandez, M. Laine, P. Weisz, and H. Wittig (2004) Low-energy couplings of QCD from current correlators near the chiral limit. JHEP 04, pp. 013. External Links: hep-lat/0402002, Document Cited by: §I, §II.1, §II, §III.2, §III.
  • [50] L. Giusti and M. Luscher (2009) Chiral symmetry breaking and the Banks-Casher relation in lattice QCD with Wilson quarks. JHEP 03, pp. 013. External Links: 0812.3638, Document Cited by: §III.2, §III.
  • [51] L. Giusti and S. Necco (2006) Low-mode averaging for baryon correlation functions. PoS LAT2005, pp. 132. External Links: hep-lat/0510011, Document Cited by: §I, §III, footnote 1.
  • [52] R. Gruber, T. Harris, and M. Krstic Marinkovic (2025) Multigrid low-mode averaging. Phys. Rev. D 111 (7), pp. 074508. External Links: 2412.06347, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [53] Y. Jang, R. Gupta, T. Bhattacharya, B. Yoon, and H. Lin (2024) Nucleon isovector axial form factors. Phys. Rev. D 109 (1), pp. 014503. External Links: 2305.11330, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [54] Jülich Supercomputing Centre (2021) JUWELS Cluster and Booster: Exascale Pathfinder with Modular Supercomputing Architecture at Juelich Supercomputing Centre. Journal of large-scale research facilities 7 (A138). External Links: Document, Link Cited by: Acknowledgments.
  • [55] H. Leutwyler and A. V. Smilga (1992) Spectrum of Dirac operator and role of winding number in QCD. Phys. Rev. D 46, pp. 5607–5632. External Links: Document Cited by: §III.2, §III.
  • [56] A. Li et al. (2010) Overlap Valence on 2+1 Flavor Domain Wall Fermion Configurations with Deflation and Low-mode Substitution. Phys. Rev. D 82, pp. 114501. External Links: 1005.5424, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [57] Y. Li, S. Xia, X. Feng, L. Jin, and C. Liu (2021) Field sparsening for the construction of the correlation functions in lattice QCD. Phys. Rev. D 103 (1), pp. 014514. External Links: 2009.01029, Document Cited by: item Contraction costs for all-to-all correlation functions scale with (Nev𝖨𝖱)n(N^{{\mathchoice{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}{\scalebox{1.1}{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathsf{IR}$}}}}_{\rm ev})^{n}.
  • [58] M. Luscher (2007) Deflation acceleration of lattice QCD simulations. JHEP 12, pp. 011. External Links: 0710.5417, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [59] M. Luscher (2007) Local coherence and deflation of the low quark modes in lattice QCD. JHEP 07, pp. 081. External Links: 0706.2298, Document Cited by: §I, §III.2, §III.3, §III, 1st item, §V.1, §V.
  • [60] F. Margari et al. (2025) Smeared RR-ratio in isospin symmetric QCD with Low Mode Averaging. PoS LATTICE2024, pp. 446. External Links: 2502.03187, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [61] H. Neff, N. Eicker, T. Lippert, J. W. Negele, and K. Schilling (2001) On the low fermionic eigenmode dominance in QCD on the lattice. Phys. Rev. D 64, pp. 114509. External Links: hep-lat/0106016, Document Cited by: §I, §III.
  • [62] (In preparation) Quark masses and non-perturbative renormalisation of quark bilinear operators with Nf=2+1+1N_{f}=2+1+1 Wilson-clover twisted mass fermions. Cited by: Table 1.
  • [63] E. Shintani, R. Arthur, T. Blum, T. Izubuchi, C. Jung, and C. Lehner (2015) Covariant approximation averaging. Phys. Rev. D 91 (11), pp. 114511. External Links: 1402.0244, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [64] (In preparation) The hadronic-vacuum-polarisation contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment in isospin-symmetric lattice QCD with twisted-mass fermion. Cited by: §I, §III.2, Table 1, §IV.
  • [65] R. Tsuji, Y. Aoki, K. Ishikawa, Y. Kuramashi, S. Sasaki, K. Sato, E. Shintani, H. Watanabe, and T. Yamazaki (2024) Nucleon form factors in Nf=2+1 lattice QCD at the physical point: Finite lattice spacing effect on the root-mean-square radii. Phys. Rev. D 109 (9), pp. 094505. External Links: 2311.10345, Document Cited by: §I.
  • [66] A. Walker-Loud et al. (2020) Lattice QCD Determination of gAg_{A}. PoS CD2018, pp. 020. External Links: 1912.08321, Document Cited by: §I.